UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
SCHEDULE 14A
 
(Rule 14a-101)
 
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
Filed by the Registrant [X ] 
     
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant [  ] 
     
Check the appropriate box:   
 
[  ]Preliminary Proxy Statement [  ]Confidential, for Use of the Commission
[X]Definitive Proxy Statement  Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[  ]Definitive Additional Materials   
[  ]Soliciting Material Pursuant to   
  §240.14a-12
 
 
  Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
   
 (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter) 
   
   
  (Name(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
 
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 [X] No fee required.
    
 [   ] Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.
  (1)Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
  (2)Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
  (3)Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
  (4)Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
  (5)Total fee paid:
    
 [   ] Fee paid previously with preliminary materials:
    
 [   ] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
  (1)Amount Previously Paid:
  (2)Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
  (3)Filing Party:
  (4)Date Filed:
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
   
   
 
PEOPLES BANCORP 
 OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 Notice of 20142015 Annual Meeting, 
 Proxy Statement and 
 Annual Report
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.  
     
  PROXY STATEMENT  
     
  Table of Contents  
     
  Page 
     
NOTICE OF 20142015 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERSii 
     
PROXY STATEMENT1 
     
 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management54 
     
 Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance76 
     
 Proposal 1 - Election of Directors76 
  Director Nominees87 
     
 Our Board of Directors and Its Committees9 
     
 Executive Committee109 
     
 Governance Committee109 
     
 Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee10 
     
 Report of Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee1110 
     
 Compensation Committee1110 
     
 Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation1413 
     
 Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight1413 
     
 Director and Executive Compensation and Benefits15 
  Director Compensation15 
  Executive Officers1716 
  Management Compensation1817 
  Employment Agreements2019 
  Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan21 
  Incentive Compensation Plans23 
  Deferred Compensation Plan25 
  Supplemental Retirement Plan25 
  Discretionary Bonuses and Service Awards25 
  Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan25 
     
 Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors25 
     
 Proposal 2 - Ratification of Selection of Registered Independent Public Accounting Firm26 
  Audit Fees26 
  Audit Related Fees26 
  Tax Fees27 
  All Other Fees27 
     
 Date for Receipt of Shareholder Proposals27 
     
 Other Matters27 
     
 Miscellaneous28 
     
APPENDIX A29 
 
 
 
i

 
 
 
 PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. 
 Post Office Box 467 
 518 West C Street 
 Newton, North Carolina  28658-0467 
 (828) 464-5620 
   
 NOTICE OF 20142015 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 
 To Be Held On May 1, 20147, 2015 
 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 20142015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) will be held as follows:
 
 Place: Catawba Country Club
   1154 Country Club Road
   Newton, North Carolina
    
 Date: May 1, 20147, 2015
    
 Time: 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time
 
The purposes of the Annual Meeting are to consider and vote upon the following matters:
 
·  To elect ten persons who will serve as members of the Board of Directors until the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified;
 
·  
To ratify the appointment of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC (“PKM”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014;2015; and
 
·  To consider and act on any other matters that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment.
 
The Board of Directors has established March 18, 2014,13, 2015, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting.  If an insufficient number of shares is present in person or by proxy to constitute a quorum at the time of the Annual Meeting, the Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit further solicitation of proxies by the Company.

Your vote is important. We urge you to vote as soon as possible so that your shares may be voted in accordance with your wishes. You may vote by executing and returning your proxy card in the accompanying envelope, or by voting electronically over the Internet or by telephone. Please refer to the proxy card enclosed for information on voting electronically. If you attend the Annual Meeting, you may vote in person and the proxy will not be used.
 
  By Order of the Board of Directors, 
    
    
  /s/ Lance A. Sellers 
  Lance A. Sellers 
  President and Chief Executive Officer 
    
Newton, North Carolina  
March 25, 201427, 2015  
 
 
 
ii

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 

 
PROXY STATEMENT

 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders
To Be Held On May 1, 20147, 2015

 
This Proxy Statement is being mailed to our shareholders on or about March 25, 2014,27, 2015, for solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.  Our principal executive offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  Our telephone number is (828) 464-5620.
 
In this Proxy Statement, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.  The term “Bank” means Peoples Bank, our wholly-owned, North Carolina-chartered bank subsidiary. The terms “you” and “your” refer to the shareholders of the Company.

 
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting to Be Held on May 1, 2014.7, 2015. The Notice, Proxy Statement and the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 20132014 are also available at
https://www.snl.com/IRWebLinkX/GenPage.aspx?IID=4050385&GKP=202713
You may also access the above off-site website by going to www.peoplesbanknc.com and click on the link.
 
INFORMATION ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING
 
Your vote is very important.  For this reason, our Board of Directors is requesting that you allow your common stock to be represented at the 20142015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders by the proxies named on the enclosed proxy card.
 
When is the Annual Meeting? May 1, 2014,7, 2015, at 11 a.m., Eastern Time.
    
Where will the Annual Meeting be held? At the Catawba Country Club, 1154 Country Club Road,
  Newton, North Carolina.
    
What items will be voted on at the   
Annual Meeting? 1.ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  To elect ten directors to serve until the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders;
    
  2.
RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR.  To ratify the appointment of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC ("PKM") as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2014.2015.
    
  3.OTHER BUSINESS.  To consider any other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment.
    
Who can vote? 
Only holders of record of our common stock at the close of business on March 18, 201413, 2015 (the "Record Date") will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting and any adjournment of the Annual Meeting.  On the Record Date, there were 5,613,4955,612,588 shares of our common stock outstanding and entitled to vote and 714696 shareholders of record.
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
How do I vote by proxy? You may vote your shares by marking, signing and dating the enclosed proxy card and returning it in the enclosed postage-paid envelope or by voting electronically over the Internet or by telephone using the information on the proxy card.  If you return your signed proxy card before the Annual Meeting, the proxies will vote your shares as you direct.  The Board of Directors has appointed proxies to represent shareholders who cannot attend the Annual Meeting in person.
   
  For the election of directors, you may vote for (1) all of the nominees, (2) none of the nominees, or (3) all of the nominees except those you designate.  If a nominee for election as a director becomes unavailable for election at any time at or before the Annual Meeting, the proxies will vote your shares for a substitute nominee.  For each other item of business, you may vote "FOR" or "AGAINST" or you may "ABSTAIN" from voting.
   
  If you return your signed proxy card but do not specify how you want to vote your shares, the proxies will vote them "FOR" the election of all of our nominees for directors and "FOR" all other proposals presented in this Proxy Statement in accordance with recommendations from the Board of Directors.
   
  
If your shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee (i.e.(i.e., held in "street name"), you will need to obtain a proxy instruction card from the broker holding your shares and return the card as directed by your broker.  Your broker is not permitted to vote on your behalf on the election of directors unless you provide specific instructions by following the instructions from your broker about voting your shares by telephone or Internet or completing and returning the voting instruction card provided by your broker.  For your vote to be counted in the election of directors you now will need to communicate your voting decision to your bank, broker or othe holder of record before the date of the Annual Meeting.
   
  We are not aware of any other matters to be brought before the Annual Meeting.  If matters other than those discussed above are properly brought before the Annual Meeting, the proxies may vote your shares in accordance with their best judgment.
 
How do I change or revoke my proxy? You can change or revoke your proxy at any time before it is voted at the Annual Meeting in any of three ways: (1) by delivering a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Company; (2) by delivering another properly signed proxy card to the Secretary of the Company with a more recent date than your first proxy card or by changing your vote by telephone or the Internet; or (3) by attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person.  You should deliver your written notice or superseding proxy to the Secretary of the Company at our principal executive offices listed above.
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
How many votes can I cast? You are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the Record Date on each nominee for election and each other matter presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting.  You may not vote your shares cumulatively in the election of directors.
   
How many votes are required to approve the proposals? If a quorum is present at the Annual Meeting, each director nominee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in person or by proxy.  If you withhold your vote on a nominee, your shares will not be counted as having voted for that nominee.
The proposal to ratify the appointment of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm for 20142015 will be approved if the votes cast in favor exceed the votes cast in opposition.
Any other matters properly coming before the Annual Meeting for a vote will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting and entitled to vote on that matter.
   
  Abstentions and broker non-votes are not treated as votes cast on any proposal.  As a result, neither will have an effect on the vote for the election of any director or the ratification of our independent registered public accounting firm.
A broker non-vote occurs when a broker does not vote on a particular matter because the broker does not have discretionary authority on that matter and has not received instructions from the owner of the shares.
   
  In the event there are insufficient votes present at the Annual Meeting for a quorum or to approve or ratify any proposal, the Annual Meeting may be adjourned in order to permit the further solicitation of proxies.
   
What constitutes a "quorum" for the Annual Meeting? A majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum (a quorum is necessary to conduct business at the Annual Meeting).  Your shares will be considered part of the quorum if you have voted your shares by proxy or by telephone or Internet.  Abstentions, broker non-votes and votes withheld from any director nominee count as shares present at the Annual Meeting for purposes of determining a quorum.
   
Who pays for the solicitation of proxies? We will pay the cost of preparing, printing and mailing materials in connection with this solicitation of proxies.  In addition to solicitation by mail, our officers, directors and regular employees, as well as those of the Bank, may make solicitations personally, by telephone or otherwise without additional compensation for doing so.  We reserve the right to engage a proxy solicitation firm to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Annual Meeting.  We will, upon request, reimburse
3

brokerage firms, banks and others for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners of stock or otherwise in connection with this solicitation of proxies.
When are proposals for the 2015 Annual Meeting due?
To be considered either for inclusion in the proxy materials solicited by the Board of Directors for the 2015 Annual Meeting, proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at our principal executive offices at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658 (or at P.O. Box 467, Newton, North Carolina 28658-0467) no later than December 26, 2014.  To be included in the proxy materials, a proposal must comply with our Bylaws, Rule 14a-8 and all other applicable provisions of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
Any proposal not intended to be included in the Company's proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting, but intended to be presented at the 2015 Annual Meeting, must be received by us at our principal executive offices listed above no later than February 9, 2015.
 
 
 
43

 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT

The Exchange Act requires that any person who acquires the beneficial ownership of more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s common stock notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Company.  Following is certain information, as of the Record Date, regarding those persons or groups who held of record, or who are known to the Company to own beneficially, more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding common stock.
 
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership1
Percent
of Class2
Christine S. Abernethy
P.O. Box 386
Newton, NC  28658
 
660,4953
11.77%
Tontine Financial Partners, LP
55 Railroad Avenue, 3rd Floor
Greenwich, CT 06830-6378
 
371,6044
6.62%
Tontine Management, LLC
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
371,6044
6.62%
Tontine Asset Associates, LLC
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
141,3614
2.52%
Jeffrey L. Gendell
55 Railroad Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
512,9654
9.14%
    ________________________________
 1Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or by other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated.
 
 2Based upon a total of 5,613,4955,612,588 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date.
 
 3Carolina Glove Company, Inc. owns 107,604 shares of common stock.  These shares are included in the calculation of Ms. Abernethy’s total beneficial ownership interest.  Ms. Abernethy owns approximately 50% of the stock of Carolina Glove Company, Inc.  The business is operated by a family committee.  Ms. Abernethy has no active day-to-day participation in the business affairs of Carolina Glove Company, Inc.
 
 4Based on a Schedule 13G/A (Amendment No. 5) filed by Tontine Financial Partners, LP, Tontine Management, LLC, Tontine Overseas Associates, LLC, Tontine Asset Associates, LLC and Jeffrey L. Gendell with the SEC on February 14, 201413, 2015 and represents the total number of shares controlled by Jeffrey Gendell and the related Tontine entities.
 
 
 
54

 
 
Set forth below is certain information, as of the Record Date (unless otherwise indicated), regarding those shares of common stock owned beneficially by each of the persons who currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors, is a nominee for election to the Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting, or is a named executive officer (“NEO”) of the Company.  Also shown is the number of shares of common stock owned by the directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.
 
 Amount and NaturePercentage
 of Beneficialof
Name and Address
Ownership1
Class2
   
James S. Abernethy
171,6043
3.06%
Post Office Box 327  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Robert C. Abernethy
156,426156,8504
2.79%
Post Office Box 366  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.8,2418,437*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
William D. Cable, Sr.19,09419,564*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Douglas S. Howard
12,53713,1515
*
Post Office Box 587  
Denver, NC  28037  
   
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.6,7527,131*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
John W. Lineberger, Jr.2,2992,326*
Post Office Box 481  
Lincolnton, NC  28092  
   
Gary E. Matthews21,58621,607*
210 First Avenue South  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.5,8535,926*
540 11th Ave. Place NW  
Hickory, NC  28601  
   
Larry E. Robinson
49,90149,9446
*
Post Office Box 723  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
Lance A. Sellers10,51611,066*
Post Office Box 467  
Newton, NC  28658  
   
William Gregory Terry16,59217,246*
Post Office Box 395  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
87,14787,4867
1.55%1.56%
Post Office Box 1148  
Conover, NC  28613  
   
Benjamin I. Zachary
88,17590,4248
1.57%1.61%
Post Office Box 277  
Taylorsville, NC  28681  

 
 
65

 
 
 
All current directors and nominees and
592,685598,7249
10.56%10.67%
executive officers as a group (14 people)  
*Does not exceed one percent of the common stock outstanding.
 
*Does not exceed one percent of the common stock outstanding.

1Unless otherwise noted, all shares are owned directly of record by the named individuals, by their spouses and minor children, or by other entities controlled by the named individuals.  Voting and investment power is not shared unless otherwise indicated.

2Based upon a total of 5,613,4955,612,588 shares of common stock outstanding as of the Record Date.

3Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. J. Abernethy is Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alexander Railroad Company.

4Includes 5,8685,930 shares of common stock owned by Mr. R. Abernethy’s spouse, for which Mr. R. Abernethy disclaims beneficial ownership.

5Includes 450 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Howard’s spouse, for which Mr. Howard disclaims beneficial ownership.

6Includes 8,835 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Robinson’s spouse, for which Mr. Robinson disclaims beneficial ownership.

7Includes 2,722 shares of common stock owned by Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.  Mr. Timmerman is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc.

8Includes 64,038 shares of common stock owned by Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. Zachary is President, Treasurer, General Manager and a Director of Alexander Railroad Company.

9The 64,038 shares owned by Alexander Railroad Company and attributed to Mr. J. Abernethy and Mr. Zachary are only included once in calculating this total.

Directors James S. Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy are brothers and are sons of Christine S. Abernethy, who owns in excess of ten percent (10%) of the common stock.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent (10%) of the common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.  Executive officers, directors and greater than ten percent (10%) beneficial owners are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms furnished to the Company and written representations from the Company’s executive officers and directors, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013,2014, its executive officers and directors and greater than ten percent (10%) beneficial owners complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements.
 

PROPOSAL 1

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board of Directors has set its number at ten members.  Our current Bylaws provide that in order to be eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all nominations of directors, other than those made by the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting at which such nominations will be made; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, such nominations must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.

 
76

 
 
Information about the nominees for election to the Board of Directors for a one-year term until the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders appears below. All of the nominees are currently serving on the Board of Directors.
 
Director Nominees
 
James S. Abernethy, age 5960 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove manufacturing company as its Vice President.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as President and Assistant Secretary of Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company and also as Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alexander Railroad Company.  Mr. Abernethy is also a director of Burke Mills, a public company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1992.  Mr. Abernethy has a total of 2122 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a business administration degree from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  Over his 2122 years of service on the Board of Directors, Mr. Abernethy has served on all the Bank’s and the Company’s committees.

Robert C. Abernethy, age 6364 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Carolina Glove Company, Inc., a glove manufacturing company, as its President, Secretary and Treasurer.  Mr. Abernethy continues to serve as Secretary and Assistant Treasurer of Midstate Contractors, Inc., a paving company.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1976 and as Chairman since 1991.  Mr. Abernethy has a total of 3738 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Abernethy earned a B.S. degree from Gardner Webb University in North Carolina.  He serves on the Finance Committee and Investment Committee of Grace United Church of Christ.  Mr. Abernethy also serves on the board of directors of Carolina Glove Company, Inc. and Midstate Contractors, Inc. both privately held companies.

Douglas S. Howard, age 5556 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc. as Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Howard is currently serving as the Chairman of the Endowment Committee of Eastern Catawba Cooperative Christian Ministry.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Howard has a total of 1516 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  He also serves on the Western NC Methodist Church Board of Finance. Mr. Howard also serves on the boards of Catawba Valley Medical Center and other privately-held companies.

John W. Lineberger, Jr., age 6364 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company, a commercial warehousing facility, as President.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Lineberger has a total of nineten years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.   Mr. Lineberger earned a B.S. degree in business administration from Western Carolina University.

Gary E. Matthews, age 5859 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Matthews Construction Company, Inc. as its President and a Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2001.  Mr. Matthews has a total of 1213 years of banking experience, is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College, and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Matthews is also a director of Conover Metal Products, a privately held company.  Mr. Matthews earned a B.S. degree in civil engineering/construction from North Carolina State University.
7


Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D., age 5758 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is the Managing Partner anda Practitioner of Internal Medicine at Catawba Valley Internal Medicine, PA.BL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC.  Dr. Price also serves on the Board of Trustees of Catawba Valley Medical Center.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Dr. Price has a total of nineten years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Dr. Price was previously the owner/pharmacist of Conover Drug Company. He is also a
8

director Medical Director of Primary Physician Care,Healthgrow Medical, a private company.  Dr. Price earned a B.S. degree in pharmacy from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and his MD from East Carolina University School of Medicine.

Larry E. Robinson, age 6869 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by The Blue Ridge Distributing Company, Inc., a beer and wine distributor, as the President and Chief Executive Officer.  He is a partner and Chief Operating Officer of United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC, a beer distributor.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1993.  Mr. Robinson has a total of 2021 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College. Mr. Robinson attended Western Carolina University and received an Associate Degree in Business and Accounting from Catawba Valley Community College in North Carolina.

William Gregory Terry, age 4647 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory as General Manager.  He has served as a director of the Company since 2004.  Mr. Terry has a total of nineten years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Terry graduated with a B.S. degree in business management from Clemson University in South Carolina.  Mr. Terry serves on numerous civic and community boards.

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., age 6667 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is a shareholder, director, Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc., a wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. Timmerman has a total of 1819 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College and attended the initial Advanced Directors’ Training session offered by the NC Bank Directors’ College in association with the College of Management at North Carolina State University.  Mr. Timmerman earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from Lenoir-Rhyne University in North Carolina.

Benjamin I. Zachary, age 5859 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), is employed by Alexander Railroad Company as its President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director.  He has served as a director of the Company since 1995.  Mr. Zachary has a total of 1819 years of banking experience and is a graduate of the North Carolina Bank Directors’ College.  Mr. Zachary earned a B.S. degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  He worked as a CPA for a national accounting firm for eight years following graduation where his assignments included financial statement audits of several banks.  He formerly served as Treasurer and a member of the Finance Committee of First United Methodist Church of Taylorsville for many years.  Mr. Zachary is a member of the Taylorsville Rotary Club and also serves as Treasurer.

We have no reason to believe that any of the nominees for election will be unable or will decline to serve if elected.  In the event of death or disqualification of any nominee or the refusal or inability of any nominee to serve as a director, however, the proxies will vote for the election of another person as they determine in their discretion or may allow the vacancy to remain open until filled by the Board of Directors.  In no circumstance will any proxy be voted for more than two nominees who are not named in this proxy statement.  Properly executed and returned proxies, unless revoked, will be voted as directed by you or, in the absence of direction, will be voted in favor of the election of the recommended nominees.  An affirmative vote of a plurality of votes cast at the Annual Meeting is necessary to elect a nominee as a director.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS YOU VOTE “FOR” ALL OF THE NOMINEES NAMED ABOVE AS DIRECTORS
8


OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
AND ITS COMMITTEES

How often did our Board of Directors meet during 2013?2014?

Our Board of Directors held 14 meetings during 2013.2014.  All incumbent directors attended more than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees on which they served during the year.
9


What committees does our Board of Directors have?

During 2013,2014, our Board of Directors had fivefour standing committees, the Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee, the Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee the Loan Sub-Committee and the Executive Committee.  The voting members of these Committees are appointed by the Board of Directors annually from among its members.  Certain of our executive officers also serve as non-voting, advisory members of these committees.

Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee performs duties as assigned by the full Board of Directors.  Actions taken by the Executive Committee must be approved by the full Board of Directors.  The following persons currently serve on the Executive Committee consists ofCommittee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Matthews and Howard, as well as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  It meets on an “as needed” basis and did not meet during 2013.2014.

Governance Committee.  The Governance Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors, as defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.  The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.  During 2013 the following persons served on the Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Robinson, Terry, and Timmerman.  The Governance Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining the corporate governance policy, as well as acting as the nominating committee for the Board of Directors. The following persons currently serve on the Governance Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Robinson, Terry, and Timmerman. All of the members of the Governance Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.  The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.

The Governance Committee, serving as the nominating committee of the Board of Directors, interviews candidates for membership to the Board of Directors, recommends candidates to the full Board of Directors, slates candidates for shareholder votes, and fills any vacancies on the Board of Directors which occur between shareholder meetings.  The Governance Committee’s identification of candidates for director typically results from the business interactions of the members of the Governance Committee or from recommendations received from other directors or from the Company’s management.

If a shareholder recommends a director candidate to the Governance Committee in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws, the Governance Committee will consider the candidate and apply the same considerations that it would to its own candidates. The recommendation of a candidate by a shareholder should be made in writing, addressed to the attention of the Governance Committee at the Company’s corporate headquarters.  The recommendation should include a description of the candidate’s background, his or her contact information, and any other information the shareholder considers useful and appropriate for the Governance Committee’s consideration of the candidate.  The criteria which have been established by the Governance Committee as bearing on the consideration of a candidate’s qualification to serve as a director include the following: the candidate’s ethics, integrity, involvement in the community, success in business, relationship with the Bank, investment in the Company, place of residence (i.e., proximity to the Bank’s market area), and financial expertise.

The Governance Committee has no written diversity policy; however, the Governance Committee defines diversity broadly to include, in addition to race, gender, ethnicity and age, differences in professional experience, educational background, geographic mix within the Company’s market area, skills and other individual qualities and attributes that foster board heterogeneity in order to encourage and maintain board effectiveness.  While there are currently no women or minorities serving on the Board of Directors, any qualified candidate receives consideration regardless of race, gender or national origin.
 
The Governance Committee met once during the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.
9

 
The Governance Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Governance Committee.  A copy of the Governance Committee Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.
 
Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee.  The Company has a separately designated standing Audit and Risk Enterprise Committee (the “Audit Committee”) which was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.  The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include oversight of enterprise risk. The Audit Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Audit Committee.  A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.  The following persons currently serve on the Audit
10

Committee consists of Committee: Directors R. Abernethy, Howard, Matthews, Price, Timmerman and Zachary.  The Board of Directors has determined that these members are independent as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards and the SEC’s regulations. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.

The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” based on each of the member’s educational background and business experience.

The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly and, among other responsibilities, oversees (i) the independent auditing of the Company; (ii) the system of internal controls that management has established; and (iii) the quarterly and annual financial information to be provided to shareholders and the SEC.  The Audit Committee met eightten times during the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.
 
REPORT OF AUDIT AND ENTERPRISE RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management of the Company and has discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standards No. 16 as amended, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T.  In addition, the Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountants required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with the independent accountant the independent accountant’s independence. Based upon these reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.
 
 
Robert C. Abernethy
 
Gary E. MatthewsDan R. Timmerman, Sr.
 
 
Benjamin I. Zachary
Douglas S. Howard
Dan R. Timmerman, Sr.
Billy L Price, Jr. MD
 
Compensation Committee. The Company’s Compensation Committee is responsible for developing, reviewing, implementing and maintaining the Bank’s salary, bonus, and incentive award programs and for making recommendations to the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors regarding compensation of the executive officers.  Upon recommendation from the Compensation Committee, the Company’s Board of Directors ultimately determines such compensation.

Other than Director Lineberger, allAll of the members of the Compensation Committee are independent as defined in the applicable NASDAQ’s listing standards. The Board of Directors determines on an annual basis each director’s independence.  The members offollowing persons currently serve on the Compensation Committee during 2013 wereCommittee: Directors R. Abernethy, J. Abernethy, Lineberger, Robinson, Terry and Timmerman.  The Compensation Committee met three timestwice during the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.
 
The Compensation Committee has a written charter which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Compensation Committee.  A copy of the Compensation Committee’s Charter is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.
 
10

What follows below is a discussion of the Company’s and the Bank’s compensation policies and practices and the review process used by the Compensation Committee.
 
The Compensation Committee did not engage a compensation consultant forDuring the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014, the Compensation Committee engaged McGladrey, LLC to review the executive compensation plans for the executive officers and the Board of Directors.  The Company paid McGladrey, LLP $13,808 to review the executive compensation plans for the executive officers and the Board of Directors. The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank makes recommendations to the Committee regarding the compensation of the executive officers other than his own.  The President and Chief Executive Officer participates in the deliberations, but not in the decisions, of the Compensation Committee regarding compensation of executive officers.  He does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s discussion or decisions regarding his own compensation. The Compensation Committee also considers the results of the shareholders’ non-binding vote on executive compensation. Last yearAt the Company’s executive compensation as described in the 2013
11

Proxy Statement received a 63% approval rating from the shareholders.  In addition, last year Annual Meeting of Shareholders, 52% of the shareholders who voted at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders elected to review the executive compensation of the Company’s named executive officers once every three years.  As a result, the Company will submit a vote to the shareholders on the compensation of its named executive officers at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
The overall objective of our compensation program is to align total compensation so that the individual executive believes it is fair and equitable and provides the highest perceived value to our shareholders and to that individual.  In order to accomplish this overall objective, our compensation program is designed to: (i) attract the qualified executives necessary to meet our needs as defined by the Company’s strategic plans, and (ii) retain and motivate executives whose performance supports the achievement of our long-term plans and short-term goals.

The Compensation Committee considers a number of factors specific to each executive’s role when determining the amount and mix of compensation to be paid.  These factors are:

·  compensation of the comparable executives at comparable financial institutions;
·  financial performance of the Company (especially on a “net operating” basis, which excludes the effect of one-time gains and expenses) over the most recent fiscal year and the prior three years;
·  composition of earnings;
·  asset quality relative to the banking industry;
·  responsiveness to the economic environment;
·  the Company’s achievement compared to its corporate, financial, strategic and operational objectives and business plans; and
·  cumulative shareholder return.

The Company’s and the Bank’s compensation program consists of the following elements:

(i)
Base Salary.  The salaries of our NEOs are designed to provide a reasonable level of compensation that is affordable to the Company and fair to the executive.  Salaries are reviewed annually, and adjustments, if any, are made based on the review of competitive salaries in our peer group, as well as an evaluation of the individual officer’s responsibilities, job scope, and individual performance.  For example, we assess each officer’s success in achieving budgeted earnings and return ratios, business conduct and integrity, and leadership and team building skills.
11


(ii)
Annual Cash Incentive Awards.  We believe that annual cash incentive awards encourage our NEOs to achieve short–term targets that are critical to achievement of our long-term strategic plan.  The following officers were eligible during the fiscal year ended December 31, 20132014 to receive annual cash incentive awards under our Management Incentive Plan, which provides for cash awards to the following NEOs upon achievement of certain financial objectives:

·  Lance A. Sellers, President and Chief Executive Officer
·  A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
·  William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
·  Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary

We seek to ensure that a significant portion of each executive officer’s total annual cash compensation is linked to the attainment of the annual performance objectives determined by the executive officer and the Compensation Committee under the Management Incentive Plan. No NEO earned or was paid a
12

cash incentive under the Management Incentive Plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
2014.

        (iii)
Discretionary Bonus and Service Awards.  From time to time the Compensation Committee may recommend to the Board of Directors that additional bonuses be paid based on accomplishments that significantly exceed expectations during the fiscal year. These bonuses are totally discretionary as to who will receive a bonus and the amount of any such bonus.  In 2013,2014, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board of Directors approved, discretionary bonuses as follows:  $20,000$30,000 for Mr. Sellers; $20,000$30,000 for Mr. Lampron; $15,000 for Mr. Beaman; and $20,000$30,000 for Mr. Cable.  These discretionary bonuses were paid in January of 2014.2015.  Under the Service Recognition Program, the Bank gives service awards to each employee and director for every five years of service with the Bank to promote longevity of service for both directors and employees. Service awards are made in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock plus cash in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award. The number of shares awarded increases with the number of years of service to the Bank.
 
(iv)
Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.  The Company maintains the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”), under which it is permitted to grant incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, book value shares, and performance units.  The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executives of the Company greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.  In 2013,2014, the NEOs were granted the following restricted stock units, each comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock:
 
12

NEOGrant DateNo. of Restricted Stock Units
Lance A. SellersMay 23, 2013February 20, 20144,875
3,900
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.May 23, 2013February 20, 20143,410
2,728
William D. Cable, Sr.May 23, 2013February 20, 20143,410
2,728
        (v)
Retirement Benefits.  The Company maintains supplemental executive retirement agreements (SERPs) for the benefit of Messrs. Sellers, Lampron, Cable and Beaman.  The Committee’s goal is to provide competitive retirement benefits given the restrictions on executives within tax-qualified plans.  In prior years, the Compensation Committee worked with a compensation consultant in analyzing the possible benefits of using SERPs to address the issues of internal and external equity in terms of retirement benefits offered to all employees at the Company as a percentage of final average pay and executives in our peer group.  The Compensation Committee approved supplemental retirement benefits targeting 40% of the final average pay for all NEOs.  The Compensation Committee selected a target of 40% to match such benefits offered to other employees fully participating in qualified retirement plans offered by the Company.  For more information on the SERPs, see page 25 of this Proxy Statement.
 
       (vi)
Employment Agreements.  The Company has employment agreements with our NEOs which we believe serve a number of functions, including (i) retention of our
13

executive team; (ii) mitigation of any uncertainty about future employment and continuity of management in the event of a change in control; and (iii) protection of the Company and customers through non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.  Additional information regarding the employment agreements, including a description of key terms may be found starting on page 2019 of this Proxy Statement.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
No member of the Compensation Committee is now, or formerly was, an officer or employee of the Company or the Bank. None of the NEOs serve as a member of the board of directors of another entity whose executive officers or directors serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our Company and the Bank have traditionally operated with separate Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors positions.  We believe it is our Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility to manage the Company and the Chairman’s responsibility to lead the Board of Directors.  Robert Abernethy is currently serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors.  AllOther than Director Lineberger, all of the members of the Board of Directors are independent under applicable NASDAQ listing requirements. The Company has four standing committees:  Executive, Governance, Audit and Compensation.  The Chief Executive Officer serves on the Executive Committee.  The Bank in addition to the above-named committees has a Loan Committee and a Loan Sub-Committee. The duties of the Company’s committees and the qualifications of the independent directors have been described above.  Each of the Company’s and the Bank’s committees considers risk within its area of responsibility. The Audit Committee and the full Board of Directors focus on the Company’s most significant risks in the areas of liquidity, credit, interest rate and general risk management strategy. The Board of Directors sets policy guidelines in the areas of loans and asset/liability management which are reviewed on an on-going basis. While the Board of Directors oversees the Company’s risk management, the Company’s and the Bank’s management are responsible for day-to-day risk management following the dictates of the policy decisions set by the Board of Directors.

13

The Governance Committee, as part of its annual review, evaluates the Board of Directors leadership structure and performance and reports its findings to the whole Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors believes that having separate persons serving as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and all independent directors provides the optimal board leadership structure for the Company and its shareholders.

Does the Company have a Code of Ethics?

The Company and the Bank have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for its directors, officers and employees.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires that individuals avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity and in the best interests of the Company and the Bank.  The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is a guide to help ensure that all employees live up to the highest ethical standards of behavior.

A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under Investor Relations.

As is permitted by SEC rules, the Company intends to post on its website any amendment to or waiver from any provision in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, or persons performing similar functions, and that relates to any element of the standards enumerated in the rules of the SEC.

How can you communicate with the Board or its members?

We do not have formal procedures for shareholder communication with our Board of Directors.  In general, our directors and officers are easily accessible by telephone, postal mail or e-mail.  Any matter intended for your Board of Directors, or any individual director, can be directed to Lance Sellers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or Joe
14

Lampron, our Chief Financial Officer, at our principal executive offices at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina 28658.  You also may direct correspondence to our Board of Directors, or any of its members, in care of the Company at the foregoing address.  Your communication will be forwarded to the intended recipient unopened.

What is our policy for director attendance at Annual Meetings?

Although it is customary for all of our directors to attend Annual Meetings of Shareholders, we have no formal policy in place requiring attendance. All members of the Board of Directors attended our 20132014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 2, 2013.1, 2014.

How can a shareholder nominate someone for election to the Board of Directors?

Our Bylaws provide that in order to be eligible for consideration at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, all nominations of directors, other than those made by the Governance Committee or the Board of Directors, must be in writing and must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting at which such nominations will be made. However, if less than 60 days’ notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, such nominations must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.

The Board of Directors may disregard any nominations that do not comply with these requirements.  Upon the instruction of the Board of Directors, the inspector of voting for the Annual Meeting may disregard all votes cast for a nominee if the nomination does not comply with these requirements. Written notice of nominations should be directed to the Secretary of the Company.

Who serves on the Board of Directors of the Bank?

The Bank has ten directors currently serving on its Board of Directors, who are the same people who are currently directors of the Company.

14


DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

Director Compensation
 
Directors’ Fees.  Members of the Company’s Board of Directors receive no fees or compensation for their service.  However, all members of the Board of Directors are also directors of the Bank and are compensated for that service.  Each

During 2014, each director receivesreceived a fee of $750 for each Bank Board of Directors meeting attended.  Anattended, an additional fee of $500 is paid to committee members for each committee meeting attended.  In addition to these meeting fees, each director also receives an annualattended and a retainer of $9,000. TheIn addition, during 2014, the Chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors received an additional $250 per meeting attended and the chairpersons of each committee received an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors received $375 for special meetings held via conference call lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.

Beginning on January 1, 2015, each director receives a fee of $850 for each Bank Board of Directors meeting attended, an additional fee of $500 for each committee meeting attended and a retainer of $12,000. In addition, starting on January 1, 2015, the Chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors receives an additional $250 per meeting attended and the chairpersons of each committee receivereceives an additional $150 per meeting attended.  Directors receive $375 for special meetings held via conference call lieu of the Board of Director and committee meeting fees set forth above.

Directors who are members of the Board of Directors of Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., and Peoples Investment Services, Inc., subsidiaries of the Bank, and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, receivedreceive $500 per meeting.  Directors receive $375 for special meetings via conference call rather than the normal committee or Board of Director meeting fees.

The Bank maintains a Service Recognition Program, under which directors, officers and employees are eligible for awards.  Under the Service Recognition Program, directors, officers and employees are awarded a combination of common stock of the Company and cash in the amount necessary to pay taxes on the award, with the amount of the award based upon the length of service to the Bank.  Any common stock awarded under the Service Recognition Program is purchased by the Bank on the open market, and no new shares are issued by the Company under the Service Recognition Program.

Directors’ Stock Benefits Plan.  Members of the Board of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s Omnibus Plan.  On March 22, 2012, the Company granted 810 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on March 22, 2012 will vest in full on March 22, 2017.  On May 23, 2013, the Company granted 810 restricted
15

stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on May 23, 2013 will vest in full on May 23, 2017.
  On February 20, 2014, the Company granted 650 restricted stock units, each unit being comprised of the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, to each director.  The restricted stock units awarded to directors on February 20, 2014 will vest in full on February 20, 2017.

 Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan. The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for all of its directors.  The Bank’s directors are also directors of the Company.  Under the deferred compensation plan, each director may defer all or a portion of his fees to the plan each year.  The director may elect to invest the deferred compensation in a restricted list of investment funds.  The Bank may make matching contributions to the plan for the benefit of the director from time to time at the discretion of the Bank.  Directors are fully vested in all amounts they contribute to the plan and in any amounts contributed by the Bank. The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the directors’ accrued benefits under the plan.  There are no “above-market” returns provided for in the deferred compensation plan. The Bank made no contributions to this plan in 2013.2014.

Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the director’s death, resignation, removal, failure to be re-elected, retirement or in cases of hardship.  Directors may elect to receive deferred compensation payments in one lump sum or in installments.

15

Directors’ Supplemental Retirement Plan. The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement benefits plan for all its directors. The supplemental retirement benefits plan is designed to provide a retirement benefit to the directors while at the same time minimizing the financial impact on the Bank’s earnings. Under the supplemental retirement benefits plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the supplemental retirement benefits plan each year. The Bank will pay annual benefits to each director for 15 years beginning upon retirement from the Board of Directors. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts.


16

The following table reports all forms of compensation paid to or accrued for the benefit of each director during the 20132014 fiscal year.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
        
        
        
     Change in  
     Pension Value  
     and  
 Fees   Nonqualified  
 Earned or  Non-EquityDeferred  
 Paid inStockOptionIncentive PlanCompensationAll Other 
NameCash ($)
Awards1  ($)
Awards ($)Compensation ($)
Earnings2 ($)
Compensation ($)Total ($)
James S. Abernethy20,30011,693005,799037,792
        
Robert C. Abernethy30,95011,693008,781051,424
        
Douglas S. Howard24,80011,693003,60065040,743
        
John W. Lineberger, Jr.20,80011,693008,55265041,695
        
Gary E. Matthews20,30011,693005,258037,251
        
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.27,02511,693004,75565044,124
        
Larry E. Robinson21,30011,6930015,890048,883
        
William Gregory Terry20,80011,693001,76265034,905
        
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.26,82511,6930012,373050,891
        
Benjamin I. Zachary24,30011,693004,776040,769
_________________________
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
              
              
              
         Change in    
         Pension Value    
         and    
 Fees       Nonqualified    
 Earned or     Non-Equity Deferred    
 Paid in Stock Option Incentive Plan Compensation All Other  
  NameCash ($) 
Awards1 ($)
 Awards ($) Compensation ($) 
Earnings2 ($)
 
Compensation3 ($)
 Total ($)
James S. Abernethy21,900 4,980 - 0 5,321 0 32,201
              
Robert C. Abernethy31,250 4,980 - 0 8,056 0 44,286
              
Douglas S. Howard24,500 4,980 - 0 3,303 0 32,783
              
John W. Lineberger, Jr.21,900 4,980 - 0 7,846 0 34,727
              
Gary E. Matthews24,000 4,980 - 0 4,824 0 33,804
              
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.26,200 4,980 - 0 4,363 0 35,543
              
Larry E. Robinson22,900 4,980 - 0 14,579 2,500 44,959
              
William Gregory Terry21,900 4,980 - 0 1,617 0 28,497
              
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.27,650 4,980 - 0 11,052 0 43,682
              
Benjamin I. Zachary24,000 4,980 - 0 4,382 0 33,362
_________________________
1  
The amounts reported represent the aggregate fair value of the restricted stock units granted to the respective recipient on the date of grant under Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC Topic 718 (“Topic 718”).  The fair market value of each restricted stock unit granted to each director was $11.90$15.00 on May 23, 2013.February 20, 2014.
2  Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings represents the expense accrued by the Bank for each director under the Directors’ Supplemental Retirement Plan as described above.
3  In 2013, Mr. Robinson2014, Directors Howard, Lineberger, Price and Terry received 15227 shares of the Company’s common stock and $500$164 in cash for his 20their ten years of service as a director under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program.

Executive Officers

Lance A. Sellers, age 5152 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank.  Prior to becoming the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Sellers served as Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1998.  Mr. Sellers has a total of 2930 years of banking experience. He is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation served as a senior credit officer at a regional bank headquartered in North Carolina.

16

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., age 6465 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), serves as Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1977, where he has served as Vice President-Operations and Senior Vice President.  Mr. Beaman has a total of 4142 years of banking experience.  He is a graduate of Pfeiffer University, the North Carolina School of Banking, and the Graduate School of Financial Management at the University of Texas in Austin.

William D. Cable, Sr., age 4546 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), serves as Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 1995, where he has served as Senior Vice President-Information Services.  Mr. Cable has a total of 2223 years of banking experience.  Prior to joining the Company,
17

Mr. Cable was a regulatory examiner with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  He is a graduate of Western Carolina University and the School of Banking of the South at Louisiana State University.

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., age 5960 (as of March 1, 2014)2015), serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank.  He has been employed by the Company and the Bank since 2001.  Mr. Lampron is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and upon graduation worked as a certified public accountant with a national accounting firm.  His work with the firm included audits of banks and thrift institutions.  Mr. Lampron has also served as Chief Financial Officer of a thrift institution and as a senior change manager in the finance group of a large North Carolina bank.  Mr. Lampron has a total of 3435 years of banking experience.

Management Compensation

The executive officers of the Company are not paid any cash compensation by the Company.  However, the executive officers of the Company also are executive officers of the Bank and receive compensation from the Bank.

The table on the following page shows, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the cash compensation received by, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued for those years, the NEOs whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000.
 
17


Summary Compensation Table
                  
Name and Principal PositionYear Salary($) Bonus($) 
Stock
Awards($)
 
Option
Awards($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation($)
 
Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings($)
 
All Other
Compensation($)1
 Total($)
                  
Lance A. Sellers2014 311,400 30,000 88,734 0 0 54,638 25,020 509,792
President and Chief Executive2013 311,400 20,000 44,506 0 0 40,072 24,557 440,535
Officer                 
                  
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.2014 187,500 30,000 63,561 0 0 57,767 17,076 355,904
Executive Vice President,2013 182,963 20,000 31,328 0 0 47,082 12,875 294,248
Chief Financial Officer                 
                  
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.2014 140,700 15,000 0 0 0 45,377 16,922 217,999
Executive Vice President,2013 140,700 15,000 0 0 0 64,566 15,594 235,860
Chief Administrative Officer                 
and Corporate Secretary                 
                  
William D. Cable, Sr.2014 187,500 30,000 63,561 0 0 20,599 18,385 320,045
Executive Vice President,2013 182,963 20,000 31,328 0 0 13,877 11,444 259,611
Chief Operating Officer                 
 
18

 
 
Summary Compensation Table
          
       Change in  
       Pension Value  
       and Nonqualified  
      Non-EquityDeferred  
    StockOptionIncentive PlanCompensationAll Other 
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary($)Bonus($)Awards($)Awards($)Compensation($)Earnings($)
Compensation($)1
Total($)
          
Lance A. Sellers2013311,40020,00044,5060040,07224,557440,535
President and Chief Executive2012238,010011,8400046,93016,6232313,403
Officer         
          
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.2013182,96320,00031,3280047,08212,875294,248
Executive Vice President,2012178,50015,0008,6950048,24111,7183262,154
Chief Financial Officer         
          
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.2013140,70015,00000064,56615,594235,860
Executive Vice President,2012140,7006,0005,00040058,38512,0284222,113
Chief Administrative Officer         
and Corporate Secretary         
          
William D. Cable, Sr.2013182,96320,00031,3280013,87711,444259,611
Executive Vice President,2012178,50015,0008,6950018,13510,3155230,645
Chief Operating Officer         
 
19

1Perquisites for
1 All other compensation is comprised of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 did not exceed $10,000 for any NEO.  Other than for Mr. Sellers, perquisites for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 did not exceed $10,000 for any NEO.following items:
 
2
Name and Principal
Position
For Mr.
Year
Employer
Match($)
Car
Allowance($)
Country
Club
Dues($)
Split
Dollar
Death
Benefit($)
Group
Term
Life($)(a)
Disability
and LTC
Premiums($)(b)
Other($)
Lance Sellers includes for 2012: $7,338 under the 401(k) plan, $1,034 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000
President and $371 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit;Chief Executive Officer
2014
2013
10,400
10,200
 4,113
4,113
 3,455
3,199
 418
396
 1,242
1,219
 5,392
 5,151
0
279 (c)
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
2014
2013
8,279
7,107
 0
0
 3,280
 3,241
 978
904
 2,555
1,623
 1,984
0
0
0
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and for 2013: $10,200 under the 401(k) plan, $1,219 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000, $396 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit, and perquisites consisting of country club dues of $3,199, car allowance of $4,113 and a disability insurance premium of $5,151.  In Corporate Secretary
2014
2013 Mr. Sellers received 76 shares for 15 years of service with the Bank and $279 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank’s Service Program Recognition Program.
6,228
5,466
 0
 0
 3,360
3,423
1,713
1,585
 2,337
1,836
 3,284
 3,284
0
 0
William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
2014
2013
8,279
7,107
 0
0
 3,360
3,423
 349
322
 581
592
 5,816
 0
0
 0
_________
3For Mr. Lampron, includes for 2012: $5,865 under the 401(k) plan, $1,484 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 and $839 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit; and for 2013: $7,107 under the 401(k) plan, $1,623 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 and $904 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit.
(a)Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 for each named executive officer.
(b)Represents amounts paid by the Bank for premiums on disability and long-term care insurance for each named executive officer.
(c)In 2013, Mr. Sellers received 76 shares for 15 years of service with the Bank and $279 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program.
 
4For Mr. Beaman, includes for 2012: $4,618 under the 401(k) plan, $1,741 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 and $1,454 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit; and for 2013: $5,466 under the 401(k) plan, $1,837 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 and $1,585 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit.  In 2012, Mr. Beaman received 381 shares for 35 years of service with the Bank and $1,000 in cash to pay the taxes associated with the award under the Bank’s Service Recognition Program.
5For Mr. Cable, includes for 2012: $5,861 under the 401(k) plan, $390 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000, $296 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit; and for 2013: $7,107 under the 401(k) plan, $591 premium paid for group term life insurance in excess of $50,000 and $322 paid for the Split Dollar Death Benefit.
Employment Agreements

TheDuring 2014, the Bank has entered intowas a party to those certain employment agreements with each of Lance A. Sellers, President and Chief Executive Officer; Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary; A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer; and William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary in order to establish their duties and compensation and to provide for their continued employment with(collectively, the Bank.2014 Employment Agreements”).  The agreements provide2014 Employment Agreements provided for an initial term of employment of three years. Commencingyears, and commencing on the first anniversary date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter, unless notice of a non-extension iswas given by either party, each agreement isof the 2014 Employment Agreements was automatically extended for an additional year so that the remaining term iswas always no less than two and no more than three years.  The agreements2014 Employment Agreements also provideprovided that the base salary willof the executive would be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually.  In addition, the employment agreements provide2014 Employment Agreements provided for discretionary bonuses and participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical orand retirement plans maintained by the Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such employee’sexecutive’s office.  The employment agreements provide2014 Employment Agreements provided that they may be terminated by the Bank for cause, as defined in the agreements,2014 Employment Agreements, and that they may otherwise be terminated by the Bank (subject to vested rights) or by the employee.executive.

In the event of a change in control, the term of the employment agreements will beeach 2014 Employment Agreement was automatically extended for three years from the date of the change of control.  For purposes of the employment agreement,2014 Employment Agreements, a change in control generally will occur ifwas defined as (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a person who beneficially owned as of January 1, 1998, more than 5% of the Bank’s securities, acquiresacquiring beneficial ownership of voting stock and irrevocable proxies representing 20% or more of any class of voting securities of either the Company or the Bank, (ii) the election of directors constituting more than one-half of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank who, prior to their election, were not nominated for election or approved by at least three-fourths of the Board of Directors of the Company as then constituted; (iii) either the Company or the Bank consolidates or merges with or into another corporation, association or entity or is otherwise reorganized, where neither the Company nor the Bank, respectively, is the surviving corporation in the transaction; or (iv) all or substantially all of the assets of either the Company or the Bank are sold or otherwise transferred to or acquired by any other entity or group.

19

In addition, the employee mayeach executive could have voluntarily terminateterminated his employment2014 Employment Agreement at any time following a change in control and continue to receive his base salary for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement,2014 Employment Agreement, if, after the change in control, (i) the employee iswas assigned duties and/or responsibilities that arewere inconsistent with his position prior to the
20

change in control or that arewere inconsistent with his reporting responsibilities at that time, (ii) the employee’s compensation or benefits arewere reduced, or (iii) the employee iswas transferred, without his consent, to a location which iswas an unreasonable distance from his current principal work location.

On January 22, 2015, the Company, the Bank and each of (i) Lance A. Sellers, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, (ii) Joseph Lampron, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer of the Company and (iii) William D. Cable, Sr., Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company executed an Employment Agreement which  replaced and superseded such executive’s 2014 Employment Agreement (collectively, the “New Employment Agreements”).

An additional nine (9) middle management officers had employment agreements during 2013.  TheEach New Employment Agreement provides for an initial term of these agreements is36 months beginning on January 22, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). On the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter (the “Renewal Date”), each Employment Agreement shall be extended automatically for one additional year unless the Board of Directors of the Company (or the executive determines, and prior to the Renewal Date sends to the other party written notice, that the term shall not be extended.  If the Board of Directors of the Company decides not to extend the term, the New Employment Agreement shall nevertheless remain in force until December 1, 2014, renewedits existing term expires.    Under the New Employment Agreements, the Bank will pay Mr. Sellers a base salary at the rate of at least $311,000 per year, Mr. Lampron a base salary at the rate of at least $193,125 per year and Mr. Cable a base salary at the rate of at least $198,750 per year (“Base Salary”).  The Bank will review each executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust an executive’s total compensation from year to year, but during the agreements contain provisions similarterm of the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Sellers’s Base Salary may not decrease below $311,000, Mr. Lampron’s Base Salary may not decrease below $193,125 and Mr. Cable’s Base Salary may not decrease below $198,750.  In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide for discretionary bonuses and participation in other management incentive, pension, profit-sharing, medical and retirement plans maintained by the Bank, as well as fringe benefits normally associated with such executive’s office.

Under the New Employment Agreements, each executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon death.  Otherwise, the Company and the Bank may terminate each executive’s employment for “cause”, “without cause” or in the event of a “disability” (each as defined in the New Employment Agreements).  In addition, each executive may voluntarily terminate his employment upon 60 days prior written notice to those discussed above.the Company and the Bank or for “good reason” (as defined in the New Employment Agreement).  Under the New Employment Agreements, if the Company and the Bank terminate an executive’s employment “without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”, in each case, other than in connection with a change of control, then in each case, the executive would be entitled to receive certain severance payments and access to welfare benefit plans as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.  Under the New Employment Agreements, in the event that the Company and the Bank terminate an executive’s employment “without cause”, or an executive terminates his employment for “good reason”, in any such case at the time of or within one year after a Change of Control, then the executive will be entitled to receive certain change in control payments as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.

In 2013,addition, each New Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants prohibiting the executive from competing against the Company and the Bank or soliciting the Company’s or the Bank’s customers for a period of time following termination of employment, all as more particularly set forth in the New Employment Agreements.

In 2014, if a “change in control” event had occurred Mr. Sellers, Mr. Lampron, Mr. Beaman and Mr. Cable would have been entitled to receive total compensation of approximately $991,000, $606,000, $457,000$1,071,000, $677,000, $448,000 and $606,000, respectively.$677,000, respectively under the 2014 Employment Agreements.  All amounts are calculated based on each NEO’s 20132014 base salary as shown in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
20


Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan

The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to promote the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining directors and employees of outstanding ability and to provide executive and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries greater incentive to make material contributions to the success of the Company by providing them with stock-based compensation which will increase in value based upon the market performance of the common stock and/or the corporate achievement of financial and other performance objectives.

Rights Which May Be Granted.  Under the Omnibus Plan, the Committee may grant or award eligible participants stock options, rights to receive restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units, performance units (each equivalent to one share of common stock), SARs, and/or book value shares.  These grants and awards are referred to herein as “Rights.”  All Rights must be granted or awarded by February 19, 2019, the tenth anniversary of the date the Board of Directors adopted the Omnibus Plan.  The Board of Directors has provided for 360,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to be included in the Omnibus Plan to underlie Rights which may be granted thereunder.

Options.  Options granted under the Omnibus Plan to eligible directors and employees may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”).  The exercise price of an ISO or NSO may not be less than 100% of the last-transaction price for the common stock quoted by the NASDAQ Stock Market on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.  The Committee may award Rights to acquire shares of common stock or restricted stock units, subject to certain transfer restrictions (“Restricted Stock” or “Restricted Stock Unit”) to eligible participants under the Omnibus Plan for such purchase price per share, if any, as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine appropriate.  The Committee will determine the expiration date for each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit award, up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant.  In the Committee’s discretion, it may specify the period or periods of time within which each Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit award will first become exercisable, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan, the Committee also has the discretion to pay out awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in the Company’s common stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash.

Performance Units.  Under the Omnibus Plan, the Committee may grant to eligible directors and employees awards of long term incentive performance units, each equivalent in value to one share of common stock (“Units”).  Except as otherwise provided, Units awarded may be distributed only after the end of a performance period of two or more years, as determined by the Committee, beginning with the year in which the awards are granted.

The percentage of the Units awarded that are to be distributed will depend on the level of financial and other performance goals achieved by the Company during the performance period.  The Committee may adopt one or more performance categories in addition to, or in substitution for, a performance category or may eliminate all performance categories other than financial performance.

As soon as practicable after each performance period, the percentage of Units awarded that are to be distributed, based on the levels of performance achieved, will be determined and distributed to the recipients of such
21

awards in the form of a combination of shares of common stock and cash or cash only.  Units awarded, but which the recipients are not entitled to receive, will be cancelled.

In the event of the death or disability of a Unit recipient prior to the end of any performance period, the number of Units awarded for such performance period will be reduced in proportion to the number of months remaining in the performance period after the date of death or disability. The remaining portion of the award, if any, may, in the discretion of the Committee, be adjusted based upon the levels of performance achieved prior to the date of death or disability, and distributed within a reasonable time after death or disability.  In the event a recipient of Units ceases to be an eligible director or employee for any reason other than death or disability, all Units awarded, but not yet distributed, will be cancelled.

In the event of a change in control (as that term is defined in the Omnibus Plan), any outstanding Units will immediately and automatically be reduced as appropriate to reflect a shorter performance period.

21

An amount equal to the dividend payable on one share of common stock (a “dividend equivalent credit”) will be determined and credited on the payment date to each Unit recipient’s account for each Unit awarded and not yet distributed or cancelled.  Such amount will be converted within the account to an additional number of Units equal to the number of shares of common stock which could be purchased at the last-transaction price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Market on the dividend payment date.

No dividend equivalent credits or distribution of Units may be credited or made if, at the time of crediting or distribution, (i)  the regular quarterly dividend on the common stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of common stock; (ii)  the rate of dividends on the common stock is lower than at the time the Units to which the dividend equivalent credit relates were awarded, adjusted for certain changes; (iii)  estimated consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period preceding the month the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would otherwise have been made is less than the sum of the amount of the dividend equivalent credits and Units eligible for distribution under the Omnibus Plan in that month plus all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all outstanding shares of common stock; or (iv)  the dividend equivalent credit or distribution would result in a default in any agreement by which the Company is bound.

If an extraordinary event occurs during a performance period which significantly alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established, the Committee may make adjustments which it deems appropriate in the performance levels.  Such events may include changes in accounting practices, tax, financial institution laws or regulations or other laws or regulations, economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles, or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal requirements.

Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible directors and employees Rights to receive cash based upon increases in the market price of common stock over the last transaction price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market (the “Base Price”) on the date of the award.  The Committee may adjust the Base Price of a stock appreciation right (“SAR”) based upon the market value performance of the common stock in comparison with the aggregate market value performance of a selected index or at a stated annual percentage rate.  The expiration date of a SAR may be no more than ten years from the date of award.

Each SAR awarded by the Committee may be exercisable immediately or may become vested over such period or periods as the Committee may establish, which periods may be accelerated or shortened in the Committee’s discretion.  Each SAR awarded will terminate upon the expiration date established by the Committee, termination of the employment or directorship of the SAR recipient, or in the event of a change in control, as described above in connection with the termination of Options.

Book Value Shares.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the Committee may award to eligible directors and eligible employees long term incentive units, each equivalent in value to the book value of one share of common stock on the date of award (“Book Value Shares”).  The Committee will specify the period or periods of time within which each Book Value Share will vest, which period or periods may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee.  Upon redemption, the holder of a Book Value Share will receive an amount equal to the difference between the book value of
22

the common stock at the time the Book Value Share is awarded and the book value of the common stock at the time the Book Value Share is redeemed, adjusted for the effects of dividends, new share issuances, and mark-to-market valuations of the Company’s investment securities portfolio in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The expiration date of each Book Value Share awarded will be established by the Committee, up to a maximum of ten years from the date of award.  However, awards of Book Value Shares will terminate earlier in the same manner as described above in connection with the termination of Options.

Adjustments.  In the event the outstanding shares of the common stock are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of securities as a result of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, share exchange acquisition, or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made in (i) the aggregate number or kind of shares which may be issued pursuant to exercise of, or which underlie, Rights; (ii) the exercise or other purchase price, or Base Price, and the number and/or kind of shares acquirable under,
22

or underlying, Rights; and (iii) rights and matters determined on a per share basis under the Omnibus Plan.  Any such adjustment will be made by the Committee, subject to ratification by the Board of Directors.  As described above, the Base Price of a SAR may also be adjusted by the Committee to reflect changes in a selected index.  Except with regard to Units and Book Value Shares awarded under the Omnibus Plan, no adjustment in the Rights will be required by reason of the issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, by the Company for cash or the issuance of shares of common stock by the Company in exchange for shares of the capital stock of any corporation, financial institution or other organization acquired by the Company or a subsidiary thereof in connection therewith.

Any shares of common stock allocated to Rights granted under the Omnibus Plan which are subsequently cancelled or forfeited will be available for further allocation upon such cancellation or forfeiture.

Incentive Compensation Plans

The Bank also has a Management Incentive Plan for officers and an Employee Incentive Plan for employees of the Bank.  Eligibility under the Employee Incentive Plan is granted to all employees upon ninety (90) days of service with the Bank.  Participants in the Employee Incentive Plan are entitled to receive quarterly cash incentives based upon a graduated schedule indexed to attainment of corporate budget.  Participants in the Management Incentive Plan are recommended annually by the President and Chief Executive Officer to the Bank’s Board of Directors. Each individual’s incentive pool is determined by a formula which links attainment of corporate budget with attainment of individual goals and objectives.  Incentives under the Management Incentive Plan are paid annually.

 
23

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.  The table below gives information related to equity awards held by the NEOs at December 31, 2014:
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
          
  Option Awards  Stock Awards 
NameNumber ofNumber ofEquityOptionOptionNumber ofMarketEquityOptionOptionNumber ofMarketEquityEquity
 SecuritiesSecuritiesSecuritiesIncentive PlanExercise PriceExpirationShares orValue ofIncentiveIncentive
 UnderlyingUnderlyingUnderlyingAwards:($)DateUnits ofShares orPlan Awards:Plan
 UnexercisedUnexercisedUnexercisedNumber of  Stock ThatUnits ofNumber ofAwards:
 OptionsOptionsOptionsSecurities  Have NotStockUnearnedMarket or
 (#)(#)(#)Underlying  VestedThat HaveShares, UnitsPayout
 ExercisableUnexercisableUnexercised  (#)Not Vestedor OtherValue of
   Unearned   ($)Rights ThatUnearned
   Options    Have NotShares,
   (#)    VestedUnits or
        (#)Other
         Rights
         That Have
         
Not Vested(3)
         ($)
          
(a)(b)( c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)
          
Lance A. Sellers----------13,54917,449(1)192,125313,908
    ----  
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.----------9,78012,508(2)138,680225,019
    ----  
Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.-------------
    ----  
William D. Cable, Sr.----------9,78012,508(2)138,680225,019

(1)
Includes 6,505 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017,2017; 2,169 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017 and2017; 4,875 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; and 3,900 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017.
(2)
(2)Includes 4,777 restricted stock units that were granted on March 22, 2012 and vest on March 22, 2017,2017; 1,593 restricted stock units that were granted on July 26, 2012 and vest on July 26, 2017 and 3,410 restricted stock units that were granted on May 23, 2013 and vest on May 23, 2017; and 2,728 restricted stock units that were granted on February 20, 2014 and vest on February 20, 2017.
(3)Based on a stock price of $14.18$17.99 per share on December 31, 2013.2014.
 
 
24

 
 
Deferred Compensation Plan

The Bank maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for directors and certain officers. Eligible officers selected by the Bank’s Board of Directors may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation to the plan. Participating officers may elect to invest their deferred compensation in a restricted list of investment funds. The Bank may make matching or other contributions to the plan as well, in amounts determined at the discretion of the Bank.  Participants are fully vested in all amounts contributed to the plan by them or on their behalf.  The Bank has established a Rabbi Trust to hold the accrued benefits of the participants under the plan. There are no “above-market” returns provided for in this plan. The Bank made no contributions to the plan in 2013.2014.

Benefits under the plan are payable in the event of the participant’s retirement, death, termination, or as a result of hardship.  Benefit payments may be made in a lump sum or in installments, as selected by the participant.

Supplemental Retirement Plan
 
The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement benefits plan (“SERP”) for certain officers.  The plan is designed to provide a retirement benefit to the officers while at the same time minimizing the financial impact on the Bank’s earnings. Under the SERP, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of certain officers. The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the plan each year. The Bank will pay benefits to participating officers for a period between 13 years and the life of the officer. The Bank is the sole owner of all of the insurance contracts. Each NEO is fully vested in the benefits provided under the SERP.

Discretionary Bonuses and Service Awards

In the past, the Bank has paid bonuses to its employees in amounts determined in the discretion of the Bank’s Board of Directors.  The Bank anticipates that discretionary bonuses will continue to be paid to its employees in the future. The Bank also gives service awards to each employee for every five years of service with the Bank. Service awards are made in the form of shares of the Company’s common stock. The number of shares awarded increases with the years of service to the Bank.

Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan

The Bank has a Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan for all eligible employees.  The Bank made no contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014. No investments in Bank stock have been made by the plan.

Under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan, the Bank matches employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation.  The Bank’s 20132014 contribution to the 401(k) Plan pursuant to this formula was approximately $430,000.$439,000.  All contributions to the 401(k) Plan are tax deferred.

The Profit Sharing Plan and 401(k) Plan permit participants to choose from investment funds which are selected by a committee comprised of senior management.  Employees are eligible to participate in both the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan beginning in the second month of employment. Both plans provide for vesting of 20% of the benefit after two years of employment and 20% each year thereafter until participants are 100% vested after six years of employment.

Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors

The Company is a “listed issuer” under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act whose common stock is listed on NASDAQ. The Company uses the definition of independence contained in NASDAQ’s listing standards to determine the independence of its directors and that the Board of Directors and each standing committee of the Board of Directors is in compliance with NASDAQ listing standards for independence.
 
 
25

 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank and their immediate families and associates were customers of and had transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business during 2013.2014.  All outstanding loans, extensions of credit or overdrafts, endorsements and guarantees outstanding at any time during 20132014 to the Bank’s executive officers and directors and their family members were made in the ordinary course of its business.  These loans are currently made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those then prevailing for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavorable features.
 
The Board of Directors routinely, and no less than annually, reviews all transactions, direct and indirect, between the Company or the Bank and any employee or director, or any of such person’s immediate family members. Transactions are reviewed as to comparable market values for similar transactions. All material facts of the transactions and the director’s interest are discussed by all disinterested directors and a decision is made about whether the transaction is fair to the Company and the Bank. A majority vote of all disinterested directors is required to approve the transaction.

The Bank leases two of its facilities from Shortgrass Associates, L.L.C. (“Shortgrass”).  Director John W. Lineberger, Jr., owns 25% of the membership interests in Shortgrass.  Pursuant to the terms of the leases for the two facilities leased by the Bank, during 20132014 the Bank paid a total of $210,909$211,537 to Shortgrass in lease payments for these facilities.  Each of the facilities is subject to a 20-year lease between the Bank and Shortgrass.

The Board of Directors also evaluates the influence family relationships may have on the independence of directors who are related by blood or marriage. Christine S. Abernethy, a greater than ten percent (10%) shareholder of the Company, has two sons, Robert C. Abernethy and James S. Abernethy, who serve on the Board of Directors. All of the non-related directors have determined that the family relationships among Christine S. Abernethy, James S. Abernethy and Robert C. Abernethy do not affect the brothers’ independence as directors.

PROPOSAL 2
 
RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
 
Porter Keadle Moore, LLC, of Atlanta, Georgia (or PKM in this Proxy Statement), has been selected by the Audit Committee as the Company’s and the Bank’s registered independent public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2014.2015.  Such selection is being submitted to the Company’s shareholders for ratification.  Representatives of PKM are expected to attend the Annual Meeting and will be afforded an opportunity to make a statement, if they so desire, and to respond to appropriate questions from shareholders.

Audit Fees

The aggregate fees billed by PKM for professional services rendered in connection with the (i) audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for 2014 and 2013 and 2012; (ii)the review of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly filings on Form 10-Q during those fiscal years; and (iii) assistance with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 in connection with the repurchase of preferred stockyears were approximately $186,000 and $222,000,$186,000, respectively.
 
Audit Related Fees

The aggregate fees billed by PKM in 20132014 and 20122013 for professional services rendered for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and not included in “Audit Fees” above were approximately $59,000 and $59,000, respectively.  These fees were primarily related to the audit of the Company’s Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan and the testing of management’s assertions regarding internal controls in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.
 
 
26

 
 
Tax Fees
 
The aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by PKM for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning were approximately $24,000 and $33,000 in 2014 and $29,000 in 2013, and 2012, respectively.  These fees were primarily related to the preparation of the Company’s income tax returns, assistance with quarterly income tax estimates and preparation of Forms 5500 for various benefit plans.

All Other Fees

PKM billed no other fees to the Company in 20132014 and 2012.2013.

The fees billed by PKM are pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the policies and procedures for the Audit Committee set forth in its charter.  The Audit Committee typically pre-approves all audit and non-audit services provided by the Company’s independent auditors and may not engage the independent auditors to perform any prohibited non-audit services.  For 20132014 and 2012,2013, 100% of the total fees paid for audit, audit related and tax services were pre-approved.  The Audit Committee has determined that the rendering of non-audit professional services by PKM, as identified above, is compatible with maintaining PKM’s independence.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF PKM AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2014.2015.


DATE FOR RECEIPT OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

It is presently anticipated that the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company will be held on May 7, 2015.5, 2016.  In order for shareholder proposals to be included in the Company’s proxy materials for that meeting, such proposals must be received by the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executive office no later than December 26, 2014November 27, 2015 and meet all other applicable requirements for inclusion in the Proxy Statement.

In the alternative, a shareholder may commence his or her own proxy solicitation and present a proposal from the floor at the 20152016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company.  In order to do so, the shareholder must notify the Secretary of the Company in writing, at the Company’s principal executive office no later than February 9, 2015,10, 2016, of his or her proposal.  If the Secretary of the Company is not notified of the shareholder’s proposal by February 9, 2015,10, 2016, the Board of Directors may vote on the proposal pursuant to the discretionary authority granted by the proxies solicited by the Board of Directors for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Please note that we intend to use the “Notice and Access” model to deliver the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 2015 Annual Meeting.Report to shareholders owning fewer than 1,000 shares of our common stock (i.e., a shareholder owning fewer than 1,000 shares of our common stock will receive a Notice to the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders in the mail directing such shareholder to a website where such shareholder can view a complete copy of the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 2015 Annual Report or request a hard copy of such documents be sent to such shareholder).  Shareholders owning more than 1,000 shares of our common stock will receive hard copies of the Notice to Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the 2015 Annual Report.

OTHER MATTERS

Management knows of no other matters to be presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting or any adjournments thereof.  If any other matters shall properly come before the Annual Meeting, it is intended that the proxyholders named in the enclosed form of proxy will vote the shares represented thereby in accordance with their judgment, pursuant to the discretionary authority granted therein.

 
 
27

 
 
MISCELLANEOUS

The Annual Report of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, which includes financial statements audited and reported upon by the Company’s registered independent public accounting firm, is being mailed as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement; however, it is not intended that the Annual Report be deemed a part of this Proxy Statement or a solicitation of proxies.

THE FORM 10-K FILED BY THE COMPANY WITH THE SEC, INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES THERETO, WILL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST DIRECTED TO:  PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC., POST OFFICE BOX 467, 518 WEST C STREET, NEWTON, NORTH CAROLINA 28658-0467, ATTENTION:    A. JOSEPH LAMPRON, JR.

  By Order of the Board of Directors,
   
   
   
  /s/ Lance A. Sellers
  Lance A. Sellers
  President and Chief Executive Officer
   
   
Newton, North Carolina  
March 25, 2014
27, 2015  

 
 
 
28

 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
ANNUAL REPORT
OF
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

General Description of Business
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).  The Company’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any.  The Company has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”).  Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 2221 banking offices, as of December 31, 2014, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina.  The Bank also operates a loan production officeoffices in Denver and Durham, North Carolina.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company had total assets of $1.0 billion, net loans of $607.5$640.8 million, deposits of $799.4$814.7 million, total securities of $302.9$285.1 million, and shareholders’ equity of $83.7$98.7 million.

The Bank operates four offices focused on the Latino population under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”).  These offices are operated as a division of the Bank.  Banco offers normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans and therefore is not considered a reportable segment of the Company.

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans.  Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers.  Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio.  The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’s market area.  The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco offices.  Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-26.A-25 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company employed 257280 full-time employees and 3437 part-time employees, which equated to 279305 full-time equivalent employees.

Subsidiaries
The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company.  TheAt December 31, 2014, the Bank hashad two subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.  Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services.  Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.  In March 2015, the Bank established a new wholly owned subsidiary, PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, which will acquire, manage and dispose of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.


 
A-1

 

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

The Company established CBRES, a newwholly owned subsidiary, CBRES, in 2009. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property is located.  This type of service ensures that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing process within the bankbank.

This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”).  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions.  Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
 
A-2

 
 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATASELECTED FINANCIAL DATASELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share AmountsDollars in Thousands Except Per Share AmountsDollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts 
            
2013 2012 2011 2010 20092014 2013 2012 2011 2010 
Summary of Operations            
Interest income$36,696 39,245 45,259 47,680 50,037$38,420 36,696 39,245 45,259 47,680 
Interest expense 5,353 7,696 10,946 14,348 17,187 4,287 5,353 7,696 10,946 14,348 
Net interest earnings 31,343 31,549 34,313 33,332 32,850 34,133 31,343 31,549 34,313 33,332 
Provision for loan losses 2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438 10,535 (699)2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438 
Net interest earnings after provision                     
for loan losses 28,759 26,625 21,681 16,894 22,315 34,832 28,759 26,625 21,681 16,894 
Non-interest income 12,652 12,537 14,513 13,884 11,823 12,164 12,652 12,537 14,513 13,884 
Non-interest expense 32,841 31,782 29,572 28,948 29,883 35,671 32,841 31,782 29,572 28,948 
Earnings before taxes 8,570 7,380 6,622 1,830 4,255 11,325 8,570 7,380 6,622 1,830 
Income taxes 1,879 1,587 1,463 (11 1,339 1,937 1,879 1,587 1,463 (11)
Net earnings 6,691 5,793 5,159 1,841 2,916 9,388 6,691 5,793 5,159 1,841 
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock 656 1,010 1,393 1,394 1,246 -   656 1,010 1,393 1,394 
Net earnings available to common                     
shareholders$6,035 4,783 3,766 447 1,670$9,388 6,035 4,783 3,766 447 
                     
Selected Year-End Balances                     
Assets$1,034,684 1,013,516 1,067,063 1,067,652 1,048,494$1,040,494 1,034,684 1,013,516 1,067,063 1,067,652 
Available for sale securities 297,890 297,823 321,388 272,449 195,115 281,099 297,890 297,823 321,388 272,449 
Loans, net 607,459 605,551 653,893 710,667 762,643 640,809 607,459 605,551 653,893 710,667 
Mortgage loans held for sale 497 6,922 5,146 3,814 2,840 1,375 497 6,922 5,146 3,814 
Interest-earning assets 925,736 931,738 1,004,131 1,010,983 988,017 956,900 925,736 931,738 1,004,131 1,010,983 
Deposits 799,361 781,525 827,111 838,712 809,343 814,700 799,361 781,525 827,111 838,712 
Interest-bearing liabilities 715,111 745,139 820,452 850,233 826,838 717,991 715,111 745,139 820,452 850,233 
Shareholders' equity$83,719 97,747 103,027 96,858 99,223$98,665 83,719 97,747 103,027 96,858 
Shares outstanding 5,613,495 5,613,495 5,544,160 5,541,413 5,539,056 5,612,588 5,613,495 5,613,495 5,544,160 5,541,413 
                     
Selected Average Balances                     
Assets$1,023,609 1,029,612 1,074,250 1,078,136 1,016,257$1,036,486 1,023,609 1,029,612 1,074,250 1,078,136 
Available for sale securities 293,770 289,010 295,413 219,797 161,135 287,371 293,770 289,010 295,413 219,797 
Loans 614,532 648,595 697,527 757,532 782,464 631,025 614,532 648,595 697,527 757,532 
Interest-earning assets 950,451 965,994 1,015,451 999,054 956,680 949,537 950,451 965,994 1,015,451 999,054 
Deposits 787,640 786,976 835,550 840,343 772,075 808,399 787,640 786,976 835,550 840,343 
Interest-bearing liabilities 741,228 770,546 836,382 849,870 796,260 731,786 741,228 770,546 836,382 849,870 
Shareholders' equity$100,241 103,805 102,568 101,529 101,162$95,759 100,241 103,805 102,568 101,529 
Shares outstanding 5,613,495 5,559,401 5,542,548 5,539,308 5,539,056 5,615,666 5,613,495 5,559,401 5,542,548 5,539,308 
                     
Profitability Ratios                     
Return on average total assets 0.65% 0.56% 0.48% 0.17% 0.29% 0.91% 0.65% 0.56% 0.48% 0.17% 
Return on average shareholders' equity 6.67% 5.58% 5.03% 1.81% 2.88% 9.69% 6.67% 5.58% 5.03% 1.81% 
Dividend payout ratio* 11.17% 20.96% 11.78% 100.11% 86.22% 10.88% 11.17% 20.96% 11.78% 100.11% 
                     
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)                     
Loan to deposit 78.02% 82.42% 83.48% 90.15% 101.35% 78.06% 78.02% 82.42% 83.48% 90.15% 
Shareholders' equity to total assets 9.79% 10.08% 9.55% 9.42% 9.95% 9.24% 9.79% 10.08% 9.55% 9.42% 
                     
Per share of Common Stock                     
Basic net income$1.08 0.86 0.68 0.08 0.30$1.67 1.08 0.86 0.68 0.08 
Diluted net income$1.07 0.86 0.68 0.08 0.30$1.66 1.07 0.86 0.68 0.08 
Cash dividends$0.12 0.18 0.08 0.08 0.26$0.18 0.12 0.18 0.08 0.08 
Book value$14.91 15.18 14.06 12.96 13.39$17.58 14.91 15.18 14.06 12.96 
                     
*As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.*As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.    *As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.     

 
A-3

 
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-27A-26  through A-64.A-62.

Introduction
Management’s discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011.2012.  The Company is a registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board (the "FRB"“FRB”) and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake and WakeDurham counties, operating under the banking laws of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

Overview
Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other expenses.

Our operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations.  Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered.  Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and (2) small businesses and commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses and changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

The unfavorable economic conditions experienced from 2008 to 2010 moderated in 2011 and 2012.  Economic conditions were much more positivefavorable in 2013 and 2014, although still far below the pre-crisis levels of 2006 and 2007.  With the unemployment rate continuing to be higher than historical norms and home prices still well below pre-crisis levels, the primary indicators of economic activity for our markets continue to point to challenginguncertain business conditions that will slow our return to pre-crisis levels of earnings.  This is also reflected in our local markets, as the unemployment rate in our primary markets remains above the national and state unemployment rates.conditions.

Although we are unable to control the external factors that influence our business, by maintaining high levels of balance sheet liquidity, managing our interest rate exposures and by actively monitoring asset quality, we seek to minimize the potentially adverse risks of unforeseen and unfavorable economic trends.

Our business emphasis has been and continues to be to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. The Company expects growth to be achieved in its local markets and through expansion opportunities in contiguous or nearby markets.  While the Company would be willing to consider growth by acquisition in certain circumstances, it does not consider the acquisition of another company to be necessary for its continued ability to provide a reasonable return to its shareholders.  We believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced by the stability and experience of our senior management team.Bank officers and managers.
 
 
A-4

 
 
The Federal Reserve has maintained the Federal Funds Rate at 0.25% since December 31, 2008.  This has had a negative impact on 2011, 2012, 2013 and 20132014 earnings and will continue to have a negative impact on the Bank’s net interest income in the future periods.  The negative impact fromperiods, if the Federal Funds Rate has been partially offset by the increase in earnings realized on interest rate contracts, including interest rate swaps and interest rate floors, utilized by the Bank.  Additional information regarding the Bank’s interest rate contracts is provided below in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”not increased.

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("UST"(“UST”) pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP"(“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP"(“TARP”).  Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and a Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company’s common stock.  Proceeds from this issuance of Series A preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the Warrant.  The discount recorded on the Series A preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the Warrant was being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.

The Series A preferred stock qualified as Tier 1 capital and paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years (i.e., through December 23, 2013) and 9% per annum thereafter.  The Series A preferred stock was redeemable at the stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.  Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the Company could not redeem the Series A preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1 capital. However, with the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the Company could redeem the Series A preferred shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary regulator.  The Series A preferred stock was non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series A preferred stock.

The UST sold all of itsthe Company’s Series A preferred stock in a public auction in June 2012, and, as a result, the Company is no longer subject to the executive compensation and corporate governance standards imposed by TARP.2012.  The Company purchased 12,530 shares of the 25,054 outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock from the UST.  The shares were purchased for $933.36 per share, for a total purchase price of $11,778,576, including $83,575 accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A preferred stock.  The Company retired the 12,530 shares purchased.  The $834,999 difference between the $12,530,000 face value of the Series A preferred stock retired and the $11,695,001 purchase price of the Series A preferred stock retired was credited to retained earnings effective June 30, 2012.  Remaining Series A preferred shares were redeemable at any time at par.

During the third quarter of  Also, during 2012, the Company completed its repurchase of the Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The Company repurchased the Warrant for a total price of $425,000.  The exercise price of the Warrant was $10.52 per common share and was exercisable at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.  The Company is no longer accreting the discount associated with the Warrant, as the discount remaining at the time of repurchase was included in the cost of the Warrant.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accreted a total of $478,000 of the discount related to the Series A preferred stock.

The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013 to repurchase and redeem the remaining 12,524 outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock.  The repurchase and redemption was completed on January 17, 2014 and iswas reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to preferred shareholders of principal and accrued dividends on January 17, 2014.

The Company does not have specific plans for additional offices in 20142015 but will continue to look for growth opportunities in nearby markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile opportunity.

Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC ("CBRES"(“CBRES”), along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. ("REAS"Inc (“REAS”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition.  Many of the Company’s accounting policies require significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance.  The
A-5

following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies of the Company.  A more complete description of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 20132014 Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 1, 20147, 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant judgment as to recoverability.  The collectability of loans is reflected through the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses.  The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability.  In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements.  Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques.  The Company’s internal models generally involve present value of cash flow techniques.  The various techniques are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards.  These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

A-5

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities are intended to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

The Company records all material derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporateshas incorporated the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company. 

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and floors as part of its interest rate risk management strategy.  For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, the interest rate floors designated as a cash flow hedge involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up front premium.  The Company had an interest rate swap contract that expired in June 2011.  The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 20132014 or 2012.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.  The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
A-6


GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale ("AFS"), which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2013
 Fair Value Measurements
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$123,977 - 123,977 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$22,143 - 22,143 -
State and political subdivisions$145,368 - 145,368 -
Corporate bonds$3,463 - 3,463 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,689 1,689 - -
(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2012
 Fair Value Measurements
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$148,024 - 148,024 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$18,837 - 18,837 -
State and political subdivisions$125,658 - 125,658 -
Corporate bonds$2,586 - 2,586 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,468 1,468 - -
2013.
 
Fair values of investment securities AFS are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities AFS using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(Dollars in thousands) 
 Investment Securities Available for Sale
 Level 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period$1,250
Change in book value -
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized -
Purchases/(sales) -
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 -
Balance, end of period$1,250
   
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3$-
The fair value measurements for impaired loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below.  The fair value measurement process uses certified appraisals and other market-based information; however, in many cases, it also requires significant input based on management’s knowledge of and judgment about current market conditions, specific issues relating to the collateral, and other matters.  As a result, all fair value measurements for impaired loans and other real estate are considered Level 3.
A-7

(Dollars in thousands)          
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2013
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Impaired loans$39,780 - - 39,780 (3,207)
Other real estate$1,679 - - 1,679 (581)
            
(Dollars in thousands)           
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2012
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
Impaired loans$46,738 - - 46,738 (6,875)
Other real estate$6,254 - - 6,254 (1,136)
At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also perform appraisals for other companies.  Factors including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser are considered by management.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is non-collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment, with the exception of the Bank’s troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment.  Accruing impaired loans were $27.6 million and $30.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.

The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
December 31, 2013        
(Dollars in thousands)        
            
 
Unpaid
Contractual Principal
Balance
 
Recorded Investment
With No Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 Related Allowance 
Average Outstanding Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans           
Construction and land development$9,861 6,293 868 7,161 53 8,289
Single-family residential 7,853 1,428 5,633 7,061 123 7,859
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 22,034 -   21,242 21,242 1,300 21,242
Commercial 5,079 3,045 1,489 4,534 182 4,171
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 177 1 184
Total impaired real estate loans 45,004 10,766 29,409 40,175 1,659 41,745
             
Loans not secured by real estate            
Commercial loans 999 257 724 981 15 826
Consumer loans 302 264 35 299 1 247
Total impaired loans$46,305 11,287 30,168 41,455 1,675 42,818
A-8

December 31, 2012        
(Dollars in thousands)        
 
Unpaid
Contractual Principal
Balance
 
Recorded Investment
With No Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
 in Impaired
Loans
 Related Allowance 
Average Outstanding Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans           
Construction and land development$17,738 11,795 680 12,475 61 12,810
Single-family residential 9,099 766 7,799 8,565 177 7,590
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 21,806 -   21,000 21,000 1,278 21,158
Commercial 5,830 4,569 467 5,036 6 5,433
Multifamily and farmland 193 -   193 193 1 200
Total impaired real estate loans 54,666 17,130 30,139 47,269 1,523 47,191
             
Loans not secured by real estate            
Commercial loans 983 347 592 939 12 1,125
Consumer loans 68  66 66 1 41
Total impaired loans$55,717 17,477 30,797 48,274 1,536 48,357
In JanuaryNovember 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04, (Subtopic 310-40)2014-16, (Topic 815):  ReclassificationDetermining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosurea Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.  ASU No. 2014-042014-16 provides additional guidancemore direction for determining whether embedded features, such as a conversion option embedded in a share of preferred stock, need to clarify when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.accounted for separately from their host shares.  ASU No. 2014-042014-16 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014.2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In November 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).  ASU No. 2014-17 gives acquired entities the option to apply pushdown accounting in their separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of them.  ASU No. 2014-17 was effective upon issuance for current and future reporting periods and any open reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In January 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, (Subtopic 225-20):  Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.  ASU No. 2015-01 eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP.  ASU No. 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015 .  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, (Topic 810):  Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.  ASU No. 2015-02 provides amendments to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the current accounting for consolidation of certain legal entities.  Stakeholders expressed concerns that GAAP might require a reporting entity to consolidate another legal entity in situations in which the reporting entity’s contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity’s voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity’s economic benefits or obligations.  ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
A-6

Results of Operations
Summary.  The Company reported earnings of $6.7$9.4 million in 2013, or $1.19$1.67 basic net earnings per share and $1.66 diluted net earnings per share before adjustment for preferred stock dividends and accretion,the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $5.8$6.7 million or $1.04$1.19 basic and diluted net earnings per share, before adjustment for preferred stock dividends and accretion, for the year ended December 31, 2012.  After adjusting for dividends and accretion on preferred stock, net2013.  Net earnings available to common shareholders were $9.4 million or $1.67 basic net earnings per common share and $1.66 diluted net earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 were2014, as compared to $6.0 million or $1.08 basic net earnings per common share and $1.07 diluted net earnings per common share, for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The increase in year-to-date earnings is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in the provision for loan losses, which were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense and a decrease in non-interest income, as discussed below.

Net earnings available to common shareholders for 2013 represented an increase of 26% as compared to net earnings available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $4.8 million or $0.86 basic and diluted net earnings per common share, for the year ended December 31, 2012.share.  The increase in year-to-date2013 net earnings iswas primarily attributable to a decrease in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income, which were partially offset by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in non-interest expense, as discussed below.

Net earnings for 2012 represented an increase of 27% as compared to 2011 net earnings of $3.8 million, or $0.68 basic and diluted net earnings per common share.  The increase in 2012 net earnings was primarily attributable to a decrease in the provision for loan losses, which was partially offset by aggregate decreases in net interest income and non-interest income and aggregate increases in non-interest expense.

The return on average assets in 20132014 was 0.65%0.91%, compared to 0.65% in 2013 and 0.56% in 2012 and 0.48% in 2011.2012. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 9.69% in 2014 compared to 6.67% in 2013 compared toand 5.58% in 2012 and 5.03% in 2011.2012.

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income, the major component of the Company’s net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them.  Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid.  Net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its interest-earning assets.
A-9


Net interest income for 20132014 was $31.3$34.1 million compared to $31.5$31.3 million in 2012.2013. This decrease isincrease was primarily attributabledue to a decreasean increase in interest income resulting from decreasesan increase in the year-to-date average balances outstanding on loans and the yield on earning assets, which were partially offset byinvestment securities and an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans combined with a decrease in interest expense due toresulting primarily from a reduction in the cost of funds and a reduction in interest bearing liabilities.funds.  Net interest income decreased in 20122013 from $34.3$31.5 million in 2011.2012.

Table 1 sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or incurred for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011.2012.  The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on total average total interest-earning assets for the same periods.  Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 38.55%37.96% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt an effective tax rate of 31.65% for federal tax exempt securities and an effective tax rate of 6.90%31.96% for statefederal tax exempt securities.  Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was recorded on these loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported.
A-7


Table 1- Average Balance TableTable 1- Average Balance Table         Table 1- Average Balance Table      
                                  
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2011December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 Average Balance Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 Average Balance Interest 
Yield /
Rate
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Interest 
Yield /
Rate
Interest-earning assets:                                  
Interest and fees on loans$614,532 30,194 4.91% 648,595 32,758 5.05% 697,527 36,374 5.21%$631,025  30,305 4.80% 614,532  30,194 4.91% 648,595 32,758 5.05%
Investments - taxable 141,143 1,544 1.09% 188,625 2,901 1.54% 173,766 4,688 2.70% 120,038  2,840 2.37% 141,143  1,544 1.09% 188,625 2,901 1.54%
Investments - nontaxable* 158,535 7,070 4.46% 106,796 5,198 4.87% 128,543 5,865 4.56% 172,662  7,561 4.38% 158,535  7,070 4.46% 106,796 5,198 4.87%
Other 36,241 85 0.23% 21,977 51 0.23% 15,615 33 0.21% 25,812  65 0.25% 36,241  85 0.23% 21,977 51 0.23%
                                      
Total interest-earning assets 950,451 38,893 4.09% 965,993 40,908 4.23% 1,015,451 46,960 4.62% 949,537  40,771 4.29% 950,451  38,893 4.09% 965,993 40,908 4.23%
                                      
Cash and due from banks 36,080     24,760     23,844     47,614      36,080      24,760    
Other assets 51,239     55,618     50,829     52,245      51,239      55,618    
Allowance for loan losses (14,161)    (16,760)    (15,874)    (12,905)     (14,161)     (16,760)   
                                      
Total assets$1,023,609     1,029,611     1,074,250    $1,036,491      1,023,609      1,029,611    
                                      
                                      
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                      
                                      
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits$376,457 732 0.19% 351,748 1,180 0.34% 344,860 2,263 0.66%$392,822  499 0.13% 376,457  732 0.19% 351,748 1,180 0.34%
Time deposits 230,880 1,650 0.71% 282,218 3,205 1.14% 357,094 5,035 1.41% 208,194  1,188 0.57% 230,880  1,650 0.71% 282,218 3,205 1.14%
FHLB / FRB borrowings 69,740 2,518 3.61% 70,350 2,744 3.90% 70,027 2,956 4.22% 63,712  2,166 3.40% 69,740  2,518 3.61% 70,350 2,744 3.90%
Trust preferred securities 20,619 398 1.93% 20,619 438 2.12% 20,619 407 1.97% 20,619  389 1.89% 20,619  398 1.93% 20,619 438 2.12%
Other 43,532 55 0.13% 45,611 129 0.28% 43,782 285 0.65% 46,439  45 0.10% 43,532  55 0.13% 45,611 129 0.28%
                                      
Total interest-bearing liabilities 741,228 5,353 0.72% 770,546 7,696 1.00% 836,382 10,946 1.31% 731,786  4,287 0.59% 741,228  5,353 0.72% 770,546 7,696 1.00%
                                      
Demand deposits 180,303     153,009     133,596     207,383      180,303      153,009    
Other liabilities 4,860     4,746     4,174     4,771      4,860      4,746    
Shareholders' equity 100,241     103,805     102,568     96,877      100,241      103,805    
                                      
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity$1,026,632     1,032,106     1,076,720    $1,040,817      1,026,632      1,032,106    
                                      
Net interest spread   33,540 3.37%   33,212 3.23%   36,014 3.31%   $36,484 3.70%   $33,540 3.37%   33,212 3.23%
                                      
Net yield on interest-earning assets     3.53%     3.44%     3.55%      3.84%      3.53%     3.44%
                                      
Taxable equivalent adjustment                                      
Investment securities   2,197     1,663     1,701     $2,351     $2,197     1,663  
                                      
Net interest income   31,343     31,549     34,313     $34,133     $31,343     31,549  
                                      
*Includes U.S. government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $20.2 million in 2013, $5.3 million in 2012 and $39.0 million in 2011. An effective tax rate of 6.90% was used to calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities.
* Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $26.0 million in 2014, $20.2 million in 2013 and $5.3 million in 2012. Tax rates of 6.00%, 6.90% and 6.90% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.* Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $26.0 million in 2014, $20.2 million in 2013 and $5.3 million in 2012. Tax rates of 6.00%, 6.90% and 6.90% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
  
  Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates.  Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
 
A-10A-8

 
 

Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent BasisTable 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis      Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis     
                        
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in average
rates
 
Total
Increase (Decrease)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in average
rates
 
Total
Increase (Decrease)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in
average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
Changes in
average
rates
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Interest income:                        
Loans: Net of unearned income$(1,697)(867)(2,564)(2,512)(1,104)(3,616)$801 (690)111 $(1,697)(867)(2,564)
                           
Investments - taxable (625)(732)(1,357)315 (2,102)(1,787) (365)1,661 1,296  (625)(732)(1,357)
Investments - nontaxable 2,413 (541)1,872 (1,025)358 (667) 624 (133)491  2,413 (541)1,872 
Other 33 1 34 15 3 18  (26)5 (21) 33 1 34 
Total interest income 124 (2,139)(2,015)(3,207)(2,845)(6,052) 1,034 843 1,877  124 (2,139)(2,015)
                           
Interest expense:                           
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 65 (513)(448)34 (1,117)(1,083) 26 (259)(233) 65 (513)(448)
Time deposits (475)(1,080)(1,555)(953)(877)(1,830) (146)(316)(462) (475)(1,080)(1,555)
FHLB / FRB Borrowings (23)(203)(226)13 (225)(212) (212)(140)(352) (23)(203)(226)
Trust Preferred Securities - (40)(40)- 31 31  - (9)(9) - (40)(40)
Other (4)(70)(74)9 (165)(156) 3 (13)(10) (4)(70)(74)
Total interest expense (437)(1,906)(2,343)(897)(2,353)(3,250) (329)(737)(1,066) (437)(1,906)(2,343)
Net interest income$561 (233)328 (2,310)(492)(2,802)$1,363 1,580 2,943 $561 (233)328 
 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $31.3$36.5 million in 20132014 as compared to $31.5$33.5 million in 2012.2013.  The interest rate spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.70% in 2014, an increase from the 2013 net interest spread of 3.37%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2014 increased to 3.84% from the 2013 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.53%.

Tax equivalent interest income increased $1.9 million or 5% in 2014 primarily due to an increase in interest income resulting from an increase in the yield on investment securities and an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans.  The yield on interest-earning assets increased to 4.29% in 2014 from 4.09% in 2013.  The average outstanding principal balance of loans increased $16.5 million to $631.0 million in 2014 compared to $614.5 million in 2013.

Interest expense decreased $1.1 million or 20% in 2014 compared to 2013.  The increase in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The cost of funds decreased to 0.59% in 2014 from 0.72% in 2013.  The decrease in the cost of funds was primarily attributable to decreases in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposit accounts and a reduction in interest-bearing liabilities.  Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $9.4 million to $731.8 million in 2014 compared to $741.2 million in 2013.  The decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities in 2014 was primarily attributable to a $22.7 million decrease in certificates of deposit, which was partially offset by a $16.4 million increase in interest-bearing checking and savings accounts.

In 2013 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased to $33.5 million from $33.2 million in 2012.  The interest rate spread was 3.37% in 2013, an increase from the 2012 net interest spread of 3.23%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2013 increased to 3.53% from the 2012 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.44%.

Tax equivalent interest income decreased $2.0 million or 5% in 2013 primarily due to decreases in the year-to-date average balances outstanding on loans and the yield on earning assets.  The yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 4.09% in 2013 from 4.23% in 2012.  Average interest-earning assets decreased $15.5 million primarily as the result of a $34.1 million decrease in the average outstanding balance of loans, which was partially offset by a $14.2 million decrease in other interest-earning assets.  Other interest-earning assets including federal funds sold were $36.2 million in 2013 and $22.0 million in 2012.

Interest expense decreased $2.3 million or 30% in 2013 primarily due to a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The cost of funds decreased to 0.72% in 2013 from 1.00% in 2012.  This decrease in the cost of funds was primarily attributable to decreases in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposit accounts and a reduction in interest-bearing liabilities.  The $29.3 million decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities in 2013 was primarily attributable to a $51.3 million decrease in certificates of deposit, which was partially offset by a $24.7 million increase in interest-bearing checking and savings accounts.

In 2012 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased to $31.5 million from $34.3 million in 2011.  The interest rate spread was 3.23% in 2012, a decrease from the 2011 net interest spread of 3.31%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2012 decreased to 3.44% from the 2011 net yield on interest-earning assets of 3.55%.

Provision for Loan Losses.  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as management’s judgment as to losses within the Bank’s loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans, loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate.

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was a credit of $699,000, as compared to an expense of $2.6 million, $4.9 million, and $12.6 million for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.2013.  The decrease in the provision for loan losses is primarily attributable to a $3.6$1.8 million decrease in net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2013,2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 20122013 and a $3.8$3.1 million reduction in non-accrual loans from December 31, 20122013 to December 31, 2013.2014.  The credit to provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted from, and was considered appropriate as part of, management’s assessment and estimate of the risks in the total loan portfolio and determination of the total allowance for loan losses.  The primary factors contributing to the
A-9

decrease in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014 to $11.0 million from $13.5 million at December 31, 2013 were the continuing positive trends in indicators of potential losses on loans, primarily non-accrual loans and the reduction in net charge-offs since 2010, as shown in table 3 below:
Table 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis         
                 
  Net charge-offs 
Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans
outstanding
  Years ended December 31, Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands) 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 20142013201220112010
Real estate loans                
Construction and land development$456 400 4,201 6,923 10,135 0.78%0.58%4.99%6.40%6.84%
Single-family residential 237 1,613 814 2,049 2,853 0.12%0.82%0.39%0.91%1.21%
Single-family residential -                
Banco de la Gente stated income 174 132 668 675 425 0.36%0.26%1.25%1.23%0.77%
Commercial 119 395 563 1,247 753 0.05%0.20%0.27%0.59%0.35%
Multifamily and farmland -   -   -   -   -   0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%
Total real estate loans 986 2,540 6,246 10,894 14,166 0.18%0.48%1.12%1.80%2.14%
  -   -   -   -   -        
Loans not secured by real estate                
Commercial loans 376 458 451 193 1,668 0.53%0.73%0.75%0.34%2.61%
Farm loans -   -   -   -   -   0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%
Consumer loans (1) 358 508 408 434 524 3.63%5.27%4.00%4.05%4.40%
All other loans -   -   -   -   -   0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%0.00%
Total loans$1,720 3,506 7,105 11,521 16,358 0.27%0.57%1.10%1.65%2.16%
                 
Provision for loan losses for the period$(699)2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438      
                 
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$11,082 13,501 14,423 16,604 15,493      
                 
Total loans at end of period$651,891 620,960 619,974 670,497 726,160      
                 
Non-accrual loans at end of period$10,728 13,836 17,630 21,785 40,062      
                 
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of              
total loans outstanding at end of period 1.70% 2.17% 2.33% 2.48% 2.13%      
                 
Non-accrual loans as a percent of                
total loans outstanding at end of period 1.65% 2.23% 2.84% 3.25% 5.52%      
                 
(1) The loss ratio for Consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in Consumer Loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.
Another factor considered in taking a credit to provision expense in the year ended December 31, 2014 was the continuing decline in the construction and land development portfolio.  This portfolio has experienced the highest percentage of loss from 2010 through 2012 as shown in the table above.  The balance outstanding declined to $57.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $63.7 million at December 31, 2013, continuing the decline in this portfolio from the maximum balance of $213.7 million at December 31, 2008.   Please see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing potential loan losses.
A-11


Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income was $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $348,000 decrease in gains on the sale of securities, a $424,000 decrease in mortgage banking income and a $59,000 decrease in miscellaneous non-interest income, and was partially offset by a $303,000 increase in service charges and fees for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Non-interest income was $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  ThisThe increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $554,000 reduction in losses and write-downs on other real estate owned properties and a $144,000 increase in income from the Bank’s subsidiary, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., and was partially offset by a $604,000 decrease in the gain on sale of securities for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Non-interest income totaled $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  This decrease is primarily attributable to a $3.2 million decrease in the gains on sale of securities, which was partially offset by a $472,000 increase in mortgage banking income and a $362,000 increase in income from CBRES, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2014, 2013 or 2012.  As part of its evaluation in 2011, the Company determined that the fair value of one equity security was less than the original cost of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not temporary in nature.  As a result, the Company wrote down its investment by $144,000. The remaining fair value of the investment at December 31, 2011 was approximately $264,000.

Net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets were $622,000, $581,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and $1.3 million for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The increased level of net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets during 2012 and 2011 werewas primarily attributable to increased write-downs on foreclosed property during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.2012.  Management determined that the market value of these assets had decreased significantly and charges were appropriate in 2012 and 2011.2012.

A-10

Table 34 presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011.2012.

Table 3 - Non-Interest Income      
Table 4 - Non-Interest Income      
            
(Dollars in thousands)2013 2012 2011 2014 2013 2012 
Service charges$4,566 4,764 5,106 $4,961 4,566 4,764 
Other service charges and fees 1,172 1,940 2,090  1,080 1,172 1,940 
Other than temporary impairment losses - - (144)
Gain on sale of securities 614 1,218 4,406  266 614 1,218 
Mortgage banking income 1,228 1,229 757  804 1,228 1,229 
Insurance and brokerage commissions 661 517 471  701 661 517 
Loss on sale and write-down of other real estate (581)(1,136)(1,322) (622)(581)(1,136)
Visa debit card income 2,990 2,092 1,783  3,170 2,990 2,092 
Net appraisal management fee income 718 737 375  525 718 737 
Miscellaneous 1,284 1,176 991  1,279 1,284 1,176 
Total non-interest income$12,652 12,537 14,513 $12,164 12,652 12,537 
                                                                                                                                  
Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The increase in non-interest expense included: (1) a $679,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, salary increases and an increase in incentive expense, (2) a $712,000 increase in occupancy expense primarily due to a $205,000 increase in building maintenance expense and a $529,000 increase in depreciation expense and (3) a $1.4 million increase in non-interest expenses other than salary, employee benefits and occupancy expenses primarily due to a $710,000 increase in amortization expense associated with North Carolina income tax credits and a $339,000 increase in prepayment penalties on Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.   Non-interest expense was $32.8 million for 2013 as compared to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  ThisThe increase in non-interest expense is primarily due to the $530,000 Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")FHLB prepayment penalty paid during the fourth quarter of 2013 and a $425,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, which was primarily due to salary increases,an increase in salaries, an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and an increase in sales incentive expense during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.  Non-interest expense was $31.8 million for 2012 compared to $29.6 million for 2011.
A-12


Table 45 presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011.2012.

Table 4 - Non-Interest Expense     
Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense      
           
(Dollars in thousands)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012 
Salaries and employee benefits$16,851 16,426 14,766$17,530 16,851 16,426 
Occupancy expense 5,539 5,236 5,339 6,251 5,539 5,236 
Office supplies 498 369 403 448 498 369 
FDIC deposit insurance 864 894 1,061 739 864 894 
Visa debit card expense 823 729 658 905 823 729 
Professional services 632 560 428 798 632 560 
Postage 230 284 326 280 230 284 
Telephone 570 554 605 574 570 554 
Director fees and expense 246 266 223 237 246 266 
Advertising 685 695 660 804 685 695 
Consulting fees 468 499 316 609 468 499 
Taxes and licenses 307 325 289 301 307 325 
Foreclosure/OREO expense 356 677 904 317 356 677 
Internet banking expense 568 593 509 644 568 593 
FHLB advance prepayment penalty 530 - - 869 530 - 
Other operating expense 3,674 3,675 3,085 4,365 3,674 3,675 
Total non-interest expense$32,841 31,782 29,572$35,671 32,841 31,782 
 
Income Taxes.  The Company reported income tax expense of $1.9 million, $1.6$1.9 million and $1.5$1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  The Company’s effective tax rates were 21.93%17.10%, 21.93% and 21.50% in 2014, 2013 and 22.09% in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The 2013, 2012 and 2011 effective tax rates are lower than historical levels due to increases in tax exempt investment income, which had a greater impact on the effective tax rate at the reduced level of earnings beforefor 2014 is primarily due to North Carolina income taxes as experienced in 2013, 2012 and 2011.tax credits purchased during 2014.
A-11


Liquidity. The objectives of the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements.  Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities.  In addition, the Company’s liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $146.2$168.7 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $4.4$3.9 million.

The Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity requirements.  The primary funding source is core deposits, which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $100,000.  The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going consumer and commercial banking relationships.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, the Company’s core deposits totaled $683.9$708.1 million, or 86%87% of total deposits.

The other sources of funding for the Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase and FHLB borrowings.  The Bank is also able to borrow from the FRB on a short-term basis.  The Bank’s policies include the ability to access wholesale funding up to 40% of total assets.  The Bank’s wholesale funding includes FHLB borrowings, FRB borrowings, brokered deposits and internet certificates of deposit.  The Company’s ratio of wholesale funding to total assets was 7.83%5.90% as of December 31, 2013.2014.

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Bank had a significant amount of deposits in amounts greater than $100,000, including brokered$250,000.  Brokered deposits, of $15.1$11.0 million which have an average original termat December 31, 2014, are comprised of eight months.  Brokered deposits include certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $15.1 million as of December 31, 2013.  The balance and cost of brokered deposits are more susceptible to changes in the interest rate environment than other deposits.   Access to the brokered deposit market could be restricted if the Bank were to fall below the well capitalized level.  For additional information, please see the section below entitled “Deposits.”
A-13

 
The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with an outstanding balance of $65.0$50.0 million at December 31, 2013.2014.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $132.9 million.  As additional collateral, the Bank has pledged securities to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2013, the market value of securities pledged to the FHLB totaled $17.3$126.0 million.  The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $21.6$27.7 million at December 31, 2013.2014.  The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2013.2014.  The FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately $315.2$340.5 million.

The Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $62.5$54.5 million for the purchase of overnight federal funds from sixfive correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2013.2014.

The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and short-term liabilities was 31.76%, 35.65% at December 31, 2013,and 35.14% at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 32.19% at December 31, 2011.respectively.  The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity iswas 10%. at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

As disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $37.4$14.4 million during 2013.2014.  Net cash used in investing activities of $19.2was $11.9 million consisted primarily of purchases of AFS investments totaling $98.1 million, which were partially offset by maturities, callsduring 2014 and sales of AFS investments, which totaled $63.6 million.  Netnet cash provided byused in financing activities amounted to $9.7was $10.2 million primarily due to a $17.8 million net increase in deposits and a $10.8 million increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which were partially offset by a $12.5 million decrease in preferred stock.during 2014.

Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.  The objective of the Company’s Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various maturities.  This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest income. Table 56 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.
A-12


Table 5 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis        
Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis           
                      
(Dollars in thousands)Immediate 
1-3
months
 
4-12
months
 
Total
Within One
Year
 
Over One
Year & Non-sensitive
 TotalImmediate 
1-3
months
 
4-12
months
 
Total
Within One
Year
 
Over One
Year & Non-
sensitive
 Total
Interest-earning assets:                      
Loans$279,708 11,565 17,016 308,289 312,671 620,960$298,701 12,737 91 311,529 340,362 651,891
Mortgage loans held for sale 497 - - 497 - 497 1,375 - - 1,375 - 1,375
Investment securities available for sale - 11,297 24,204 35,501 262,389 297,890 - 6,367 17,090 23,457 257,642 281,099
Interest-bearing deposit accounts 26,871 - - 26,871 - 26,871 17,885 - - 17,885 - 17,885
Other interest-earning assets - - - - 5,609 5,609 - - - - 4,650 4,650
Total interest-earning assets 307,076 22,862 41,220 371,158 580,669 951,827 317,961 19,104 17,181 354,246 602,654 956,900
                        
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
NOW, savings, and money market deposits 386,893 - - 386,893 - 386,893 407,504 - - 407,504 - 407,504
Time deposits 18,667 33,563 74,806 127,036 90,167 217,203 24,102 25,806 81,093 131,001 65,437 196,438
FHLB borrowings - - - - 65,000 65,000 - 50,000 - 50,000 - 50,000
Securities sold under                        
agreement to repurchase 45,396 - - 45,396 - 45,396 48,430 - - 48,430 - 48,430
Trust preferred securities - 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
Total interest-bearing liabilities 450,956 54,182 74,806 579,944 155,167 735,111 480,036 96,425 81,093 657,554 65,437 722,991
                        
Interest-sensitive gap$(143,880)(31,320)(33,586)(208,786)425,502 216,716$(162,075)(77,321)(63,912)(303,308)537,217 233,909
                        
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap$(143,880)(175,200)(208,786)(208,786)216,716  $(162,075)(239,396)(303,308)(303,308)233,909  
                        
Interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilitiesInterest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities        Interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities        
 68.09% 42.19% 55.10% 64.00% 374.22%   66.24% 19.81% 21.19% 53.87% 920.97%  
 
The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) of the Bank.  The ALCO meets quarterly and has the responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company.  ALCO tries to minimize interest rate risk between
A-14

interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements.  The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities.

The Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one year.  Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and available-for-saleAFS securities.  Rate sensitive liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds.  Rate sensitive assets at December 31, 20132014 totaled $951.8$956.9 million, exceeding rate sensitive liabilities of $735.1$723.0 million by $216.7$233.9 million.

Included in the rate sensitive assets are $290.4$288.6 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”).  The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the prime rate.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the Bank had $203.1$195.1 million in loans with interest rate floors.  The floors were in effect on $200.6$192.8 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans.   The weighted average rate on these loans is 1.05%0.93% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors.

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2013.2014.

An analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  A discussion of these changes and trends follows.

A-13

Analysis of Financial Condition
Investment Securities.  The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.

All of the Company’s investment securities are held in the AFS category. At December 31, 2013,2014, the market value of AFS securities totaled $297.9$281.1 million, compared to $297.8$297.9 million and $321.4$297.8 million at December 31, 20122013 and 2011,2012, respectively.  Table 67 presents the marketfair value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011.2012.

Table 6 - Summary of Investment Portfolio     
Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio     
          
(Dollars in thousands)2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
U. S. Government sponsored enterprises$22,143 18,837 7,694$34,048 22,143 18,837
State and political subdivisions 145,368 125,658 97,097 152,246 145,368 125,658
Mortgage-backed securities 123,977 148,024 213,693 90,210 123,977 148,024
Corporate bonds 3,463 2,586 543 2,467 3,463 2,586
Trust preferred securities 1,250 1,250 1,250 750 1,250 1,250
Equity securities 1,689 1,468 1,111 1,378 1,689 1,468
Total securities$297,890 297,823 321,388$281,099 297,890 297,823
 
The Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. Government sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds, trust preferred securities and equity securities.  AFS securities averaged $287.4 million in 2014, $293.8 million in 2013 and $289.0 million in 2012 and $295.4 million in 2011.2012.  Table 78 presents the amortized cost of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December 31, 2013.2014.   Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.  basis.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate 38.55%of 37.96% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt an effective tax rate of 31.65% for federal tax exempt securities and an effective tax rate of 6.90%31.96% for statefederal tax exempt securities.
A-15


Table 7 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments     
Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on InvestmentsTable 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments            
                              
    After One Year After 5 Years         After One Year After 5 Years        
One Year or Less Through 5 Years Through 10 Years After 10 Years TotalsOne Year or Less Through 5 Years Through 10 Years After 10 Years Totals
(Dollars in thousands)Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount YieldAmount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
Book value:                              
U.S. Government                              
sponsored enterprises$1,525 0.68% 4,920 2.07% 7,513 2.70% 8,185 2.33% 22,143 2.86%$1,236 1.45% 4,425 2.48% 18,875 2.51% 9,512 2.34% 34,048 2.86%
State and political subdivisions 2,523 3.35% 23,715 3.40% 107,371 3.03% 11,759 3.78% 145,368 3.41% 2,583 3.18% 36,674 3.12% 101,510 3.23% 11,479 3.43% 152,246 3.41%
Mortgage-backed securities 31,453 2.34% 57,370 2.49% 17,731 2.53% 17,423 2.67% 123,977 2.23% 19,134 2.53% 41,971 2.69% 15,000 2.66% 14,105 2.94% 90,210 2.23%
Corporate bonds - - 2,468 2.79% 995 1.24% - - 3,463 2.32% 504 1.45% 949 1.43% 1,014 1.24% - - 2,467 2.32%
Trust preferred securities - - - - 1,000 4.34% 250 5.26% 1,250 4.89% - - - - 500 4.30% 250 8.11% 750 5.57%
Equity securities - - - - - - 1,689 0.00% 1,689 0.00% - - - - - - 1,378 0.00% 1,378 0.00%
Total securities$35,501 2.23% 88,473 2.61% 134,610 2.65% 39,306 2.84% 297,890 2.62%$23,457 2.43% 84,019 2.73% 136,899 2.72% 36,724 2.84% 281,099 2.73%
 
Loans.  The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’s earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake and WakeDurham counties in North Carolina.

Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Real estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the Bank had $105.6$106.4 million in residential mortgage loans, $85.5$89.2 million in home equity loans and $275.1$298.5 million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $220.5$240.4 million using commercial property as collateral and $54.6$58.1 million using residential property as collateral.   Residential mortgage loans include $56.1$59.4 million made to customers in the Bank’s traditional banking offices and $49.5$47.0 million in mortgage loans originated in the Bank’s Latino banking operations.  All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.

A-14

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Bank had $63.7$57.6 million in construction and land development loans.  Table 89 presents a breakout of these loans.

Table 8 - Construction and Land Development Loans    
Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans     
          
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Loans
 Balance Outstanding Non-accrual Balance
Number of
Loans
 
Balance
Outstanding
 
Non-accrual
Balance
Land acquisition and development - commercial purposes64 $14,993 84461 $11,460 36
Land acquisition and development - residential purposes292  40,673 5,702275  33,870 3,818
1 to 4 family residential construction30  4,663 -56  9,637 -
Commercial construction6  3,413 -6  2,650 -
Total acquisition, development and construction392 $63,742 6,546398 $57,617 3,854
 
The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30 year fixed rate loans with attributes that prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market.  These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type.  These loans are generally made to existing Bank customers and have been originated throughout the Bank’s seveneight county service area, with no geographic concentration.  At December 31, 2013,2014, there were 2723 mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.3$2.5 million that were 30 days or more past due and 1018 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $1.6$1.5 million in non-accrual.

Banco de la Gente single family residential stated income loans originated from 2005 to 2009 were primarily adjustable rate mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the first five years of the loan.  The loans are tied to the one-year T-Bill index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2013,2014, would have a reduction in the interest rate on the loan.  The underwriting on these loans includes both full income verification and no income verification, with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance.  A majority of these loans would be considered subprime loans, as they were underwritten using stated income rather than fully documented income verification.  No other loans in the Bank’s portfolio would be considered subprime.  The majority of these loans have been originated within the Charlotte, North Carolina metro area (Mecklenburg County).  At this time, Charlotte has experienced a decline in values within the residential real estate market.  At December 31, 2013,2014, there were 10787 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $11.1$8.5 million 30 days or more past due and 2821 loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of $2.0$1.5 million in non-accrual.  Total losses on this portfolio, since the first loans were originated in 2004, have amounted to approximately $3.5$3.7 million through December 31, 2013.2014.
A-16


The composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio is presented in Table 9.10.

Table 9 - Loan Portfolio             
Table 10 - Loan PortfolioTable 10 - Loan Portfolio                 
                                      
2013 2012 2011 2010 20092014 2013 2012 2011 2010
(Dollars in thousands)Amount % of Loans Amount % of Loans Amount % of Loans Amount % of Loans Amount % of LoansAmount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
Loans
 Amount 
% of
 Loans
Real estate loans                                      
Construction and land development$63,742 10.27% 73,176 11.80% 93,812 13.99% 124,048 17.08% 169,680 21.81%$57,617 8.84% 63,742 10.27% 73,176 11.80% 93,812 13.99% 124,048 17.08%
Single-family residential 195,975 31.56% 195,003 31.45% 212,993 31.77% 232,294 31.99% 226,651 29.13% 206,417 31.66% 195,975 31.56% 195,003 31.45% 212,993 31.77% 232,294 31.99%
Single-family residential- Banco de la                                        
Gente stated income 49,463 7.97% 52,019 8.39% 54,058 8.06% 55,013 7.58% 55,035 7.07% 47,015 7.21% 49,463 7.97% 52,019 8.39% 54,058 8.06% 55,013 7.58%
Commercial 209,287 33.70% 200,633 32.36% 214,415 31.98% 213,487 29.40% 224,975 28.92% 228,558 35.06% 209,287 33.70% 200,633 32.36% 214,415 31.98% 213,487 29.40%
Multifamily and farmland 11,801 1.90% 8,951 1.44% 4,793 0.71% 6,456 0.89% 6,302 0.81% 12,400 1.90% 11,801 1.90% 8,951 1.44% 4,793 0.71% 6,456 0.89%
Total real estate loans 530,268 85.39% 529,782 85.45 580,071 86.51% 631,298 86.94% 682,643 87.74% 552,007 84.68% 530,268 85.39% 529,782 85.45% 580,071 86.51% 631,298 86.94%
                                        
Loans not secured by real estate                                        
Commercial loans 68,047 10.97% 64,295 10.38% 60,646 9.05% 60,994 8.40% 67,487 8.67% 76,262 11.71% 68,047 10.97% 64,295 10.38% 60,646 9.05% 60,994 8.40%
Farm loans 19 0.00% 11 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00% 7 0.00% 19 0.00% 11 0.00% - 0.00% - 0.00%
Consumer loans 9,593 1.54% 10,148 1.64% 10,490 1.56% 11,500 1.58% 12,943 1.66% 10,060 1.54% 9,593 1.54% 10,148 1.64% 10,490 1.56% 11,500 1.58%
All other loans 13,033 2.10% 15,738 2.54% 19,290 2.88% 22,368 3.08% 14,983 1.93% 13,555 2.08% 13,033 2.10% 15,738 2.54% 19,290 2.88% 22,368 3.08%
Total loans 620,960 100.00% 619,974 100.00% 670,497 100.00% 726,160 100.00% 778,056 100.00% 651,891 100.00% 620,960 100.00% 619,974 100.00% 670,497 100.00% 726,160 100.00%
                                        
Less: Allowance for loan losses 13,501   14,423   16,604   15,493   15,413   11,082   13,501   14,423   16,604   15,493  
                                        
Net loans$607,459   605,551   653,893   710,667   762,643  $640,809   607,459   605,551   653,893   710,667  
 
As of December 31, 2013,2014, gross loans outstanding were $621.0$651.9 million, compared to $620.0$621.0 million at December 31, 2012.2013.  Loans originated or renewed during the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, amounting to approximately $138.3$195.0 million, were offset by paydowns and payoffs of existing loans.  Included in the loans originated during the year ended December 31, 2013 were $10.0 million in participation loans.  These included a $6.0 million participation in a church loan with another North Carolina bank, which was originated during the third quarter of 2013 and $4.0 million in a multinational commercial loan, which was originated during the second quarter of 2013.   While it is management’s intention to grow loans in its local market, the Bank is open to opportunities to lend in other markets.  The Bank underwrites all participation loans to the same standards as loans in its own market.  Average loans represented 65%66% and 67%65% of total earning assets for the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The Bank had $497,000$1.4 million and $6.9 million$497,000 in mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

Total
A-15

TDR loans amounted to $21.9$15.0 million and $23.9$21.9 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were $335,000$1.4 million and $2.0 million$355,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

Table 1011 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 20132014 and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates.

A-17

Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans       
        
(Dollars in thousands)
Within one
year or less
 
After one year
through five
years
 
After five
years
 Total loans
Real estate loans       
Construction and land development$47,732 7,815 2,070 57,617
Single-family residential 101,734 58,069 46,614 206,417
Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente        
stated income 19,215 - 27,800 47,015
Commercial 103,449 72,907 52,202 228,558
Multifamily and farmland 3,747 4,584 4,069 12,400
Total real estate loans 275,877 143,375 132,755 552,007
         
Loans not secured by real estate        
Commercial loans 47,603 18,394 10,265 76,262
Farm loans 1 6 - 7
Consumer loans 4,272 5,262 526 10,060
All other loans 9,164 2,833 1,558 13,555
Total loans$336,917 169,870 145,104 651,891
         
Total fixed rate loans$25,388 141,605 145,104 312,097
Total floating rate loans 311,529 28,265 - 339,794
         
Total loans$336,917 169,870 145,104 651,891
 
                
Table 10 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans      
        
(Dollars in thousands)
Within one
year or less
 
After one year through five
years
 
After five
years
 Total loans
Real estate loans       
    Construction and land development$51,841 8,966 2,935 63,742
    Single-family residential 94,874 55,242 45,531 195,647
    Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente        
    stated income 20,074 - 29,389 49,463
    Commercial 97,261 72,666 39,360 209,287
    Multifamily and farmland 3,799 5,274 2,728 11,801
            Total real estate loans 268,177 142,148 119,943 530,268
         
Loans not secured by real estate        
Commercial loans 49,702 13,041 5,304 68,047
Farm loans 10 9 - 19
Consumer loans 3,998 4,942 654 9,593
All other loans 9,088 2,294 1,651 13,033
Total loans$330,974 162,434 127,552 620,960
         
Total fixed rate loans$22,686 141,309 127,552 291,547
Total floating rate loans 308,289 21,124 - 329,413
         
Total loans$330,974 162,434 127,552 620,960
In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2013,2014, outstanding loan commitments totaled $146.2$172.6 million.  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Additional information regarding commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·  the Bank’s loan loss experience;
·  the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·  specific known risks;
·  the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·  underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·  current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·  other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectibilitycollectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes
A-16

changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
A-18


As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation and loans that have been reviewed by regulatory examiners within six months prior to the independent third party review.liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or threefive years’ loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with GAAP and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 20132014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.2013.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.

A-17

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements.  Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

A-19

Net charge-offs for 2014 and 2013 were $1.7 million and $3.5 million.million, respectively.  The ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.27% in 2014, 0.57% in 2013 and 1.10% in 2012 and 1.65% in 2011.2012.  The Bank strives to proactively work with its customers to identify potential problems.  If found, the Bank works to quickly recognize identifiable losses and to establish a plan, with the borrower, if possible, to have the loans paid off.  This process increased the levels of charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 20102009 through 2013 as compared to historical periods prior to 2009.  Management expects the ratioThe year ended December 31, 2014 saw a return of net charge-offs to average total loanspre-crisis levels.  Management expects this to remain at a level above historical normscontinue in 2014 due to current economic conditions and the higher than normal levels of non-performing and past due loans.2015. The allowance for loan losses was $11.1 million or 1.7% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014.  For December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $13.5 million or 2.17% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013.  For December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $14.4 million, or 2.33% of total loans outstanding, and $16.6 million, or 2.48% of total loans outstanding, respectively.

Table 1112 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at December 31, 20132014 and 2012.2013.

Table 11 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis    
Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis   
Percentage of Loans Percentage of Loans
By Risk Grade By Risk Grade
Risk Grade2013 2012 2014 2013
Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)2.40% 2.93% 2.18% 2.40%
Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)18.82% 16.94% 22.30% 18.82%
Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)49.49% 47.74% 50.76% 49.49%
Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)18.69% 20.70% 16.54% 18.69%
Risk Grade 5 (Watch)5.05% 5.07% 4.62% 5.05%
Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)5.25% 6.26% 3.30% 5.25%
Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Risk Grade 8 (Loss)0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
A-18

 
Table 1213 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity.

Table 12 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses      
Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses         
                   
(Dollars in thousands)2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Allowance for loan losses at beginning$14,423 16,604 15,493 15,413 11,025 $13,501 $14,423 16,604 15,493 15,413
                      
Loans charged off:                      
Commercial 502 555 314 1,730 697  430  502 555 314 1,730
Real estate - mortgage 2,441 2,491 4,196 4,194 3,384  789  2,441 2,491 4,196 4,194
Real estate - construction 777 4,728 7,164 10,224 1,754  884  777 4,728 7,164 10,224
Consumer 652 557 586 763 835  534  652 557 586 763
Total loans charged off 4,372 8,331 12,260 16,911 6,670  2,637  4,372 8,331 12,260 16,911
                      
Recoveries of losses previously charged off:                      
Commercial 44 104 121 62 111  54  44 104 121 62
Real estate - mortgage 302 446 225 162 161  259  302 446 225 162
Real estate - construction 377 528 241 89 36  428  377 528 241 89
Consumer 143 148 152 240 215  176  143 148 152 240
Total recoveries 866 1,226 739 553 523  917  866 1,226 739 553
Net loans charged off 3,506 7,105 11,521 16,358 6,147  1,720  3,506 7,105 11,521 16,358
                      
Provision for loan losses 2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438 10,535  (699) 2,584 4,924 12,632 16,438
                      
Allowance for loan losses at end of year$13,501 14,423 16,604 15,493 15,413 $11,082 $13,501 14,423 16,604 15,493
                      
Loans charged off net of recoveries, as                      
a percent of average loans outstanding 0.57% 1.10% 1.65% 2.16% 0.79%  0.27%  0.57% 1.10% 1.65% 2.16%
                      
Allowance for loan losses as a percent                      
of total loans outstanding at end of year 2.17% 2.33% 2.48% 2.13% 1.98%  1.70%  2.17% 2.33% 2.48% 2.13%
 
Non-performing Assets.Non-performing assets totaled $16.4declined to $12.7 million or 1.2% of total assets at December 31, 20132014, compared to $16.4 million or 1.58%1.6% of total assets compared to $26.3 million at December 31, 2012, or 2.60% of total assets.  Non-accrual2013.  The decline in non-performing assets is due to a $3.1 million decrease in non-accrual loans were $13.8and a $882,000 decrease in loans 90 days past due and still accruing, and was partially offset by a $337,000 increase in other real estate owned.  Non-performing loans include $3.9 million in construction and land development loans, $6.6 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $251,000 in other loans at December 31, 2013 and $17.6 million at December 31, 2012.  As a percentage of total loans outstanding, non-accrual loans were 2.23% at December 31, 20132014, as compared to 2.84% at December 31, 2012.  Non-accrual loans include $6.5 million in construction and land development loans, $7.0$7.9 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $277,000 in other loans at December 31, 2013,2013.  The Bank had no loans 90 days past due and still accruing as compared to $9.2 million in construction and land development loans,
A-20

$8.0 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $391,000 in other loans atof December 31, 2012.2014.  The Bank had loans 90 days past due and still accruing totaling $882,000 and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.2013.  Other real estate owned totaled $2.0 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, as compared to $6.3 million at December 31, 2012.respectively. The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Bank had repossessed assets amounting to $10,000 as of December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $14.7$10.7 million or 2.37%1.65% of total loans.  Non-performing loans at December 31, 20122013 were $20.0$14.7 million, or 3.23%2.37% of total loans.

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as non-performing.  Should economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt could cause higher levels of non-performing loans.    While 2013 did see improvementManagement does expect the trend of declining levels of non-accrual loans to continue in many leading economic indicators, management believes that the economy in 2014 will not improve to a point such that non-performing loans would return to historically low levels.2015.

It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income.  Generally a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be collected.

A-19

A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 13.14.

Table 13 - Non-performing Assets     
Table 14 - Non-performing Assets         
                  
(Dollars in thousands)2013 2012 2011 2010 20092014 2013 2012 2011 2010
Non-accrual loans$13,836 $17,630 21,785 40,062 22,789$10,728 $13,836 $17,630 21,785 40,062
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 882  2,403 2,709 210 1,977 -  882  2,403 2,709 210
Total non-performing loans 14,718  20,033 24,494 40,272 24,766 10,728  14,718  20,033 24,494 40,272
All other real estate owned 1,679  6,254 7,576 6,673 3,997 2,016  1,679  6,254 7,576 6,673
Repossessed assets -  10 - - - -  -  10 - -
Total non-performing assets$16,397 $26,297 32,070 46,945 28,763$12,744 $16,397 $26,297 32,070 46,945
                       
As a percent of total loans at year end                       
Non-accrual loans 2.23%  2.84% 3.25% 5.5%2 2.93% 1.65%  2.23%  2.84% 3.25% 5.52%
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 0.14%  0.39% 0.40% 0.03% 0.25% 0.00%  0.14%  0.39% 0.40% 0.03%
Total non-performing assets 2.64%  4.24% 4.78% 6.46% 3.70%
                       
Total non-performing assets                       
as a percent of total assets at year end 1.58%  2.60% 3.01% 4.40% 2.74% 1.22%  1.58%  2.60% 3.01% 4.40%
                       
Total non-performing loans                       
as a percent of total loans at year-end 2.37%  3.23% 3.65% 5.55% 3.18% 1.65%  2.37%  3.23% 3.65% 5.55%
 
         Deposits.  The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses. Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2013,2014, total deposits were $799.4$814.7 million, compared to $781.5$799.4 million at December 31, 2012.2013.  Core deposits, which include demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $100,000,$250,000, amounted to $683.9$755.8 million at December 31, 2013,2014, compared to $646.4$735.1 million at December 31, 2012.2013.

Time deposits in amounts of $100,000$250,000 or more totaled $115.3$47.9 million and $134.7$49.2 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  At December 31, 2013,2014, brokered deposits amounted to $15.1$11.4 million as compared to $21.4$15.1 million at December 31, 2012.2013.  CDARS balances included in brokered deposits amounted to $15.1$11.0 million and $20.1$15.1 million as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  Brokered deposits are generally considered to be more susceptible to withdrawal as a result of interest rate changes and to be a less stable source of funds, as compared to deposits from the local market.  Brokered deposits outstanding as of December 31, 20132014 have a weighted average rate of 0.14%0.13% with a weighted average original term of eight11 months.
A-21


Table 1415 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2013.2014.

Table 14 - Maturities of Time Deposits over $100,000 
 
 
Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits over $100,000 
  
(Dollars in thousands)20132014
Three months or less$28,418$28,149
Over three months through six months 14,488 14,427
Over six months through twelve months 18,670 27,023
Over twelve months 53,692 36,854
Total$115,268$106,453
 
Borrowed Funds. The Company has access to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions.  At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, FHLB borrowings totaled $65.0$50.0 million and $70.0$65.0 million, respectively.  Average FHLB borrowings for 2014 and 2013 and 2012 were $69.7$63.7 million and $70.4$69.7 million, respectively. The maximum amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $65.0 million in 2014 and $70.0 million in 2013 and $82.5 million in 2012.2013. The FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 31, 20132014 had interest rates ranging from 1.80%1.79% to 4.26%3.64% and 2018 maturity dates ranging from 2014 to 2019.dates.  Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 20132014 and 2012.2013.  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $315.2$340.5 million.

A-20

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounted to $45.4$48.1 million and $34.6$45.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Junior Subordinated Debentures (relatedsubordinated debentures amounted to Trust Preferred Securities).  In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million as of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company,31, 2014 and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.2013.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.  The Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 20132014 are summarized in Table 1516 below.  The Company’s contractual obligations include the repayment of principal and interest related to FHLB advances and junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements.  Other commitments include commitments to extend credit.  Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below.
A-22


Table 15 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments        
Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other CommitmentsTable 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments        
                  
(Dollars in thousands)
Within One
Year
One to
Three Years
Three to
Five Years
Five Years
or More
Total
Within One
Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Five Years
 or More
 Total
Contractual Cash Obligations                  
Long-term borrowings$5,000 5,000 50,000 5,000 65,000$- - 50,000 - 50,000
Junior subordinated debentures - - - 20,619 20,619 - - - 20,619 20,619
Operating lease obligations 549 1,036 905 1,253 3,743 600 1,140 991 1,854 4,585
Total$5,549 6,036 50,905 26,872 89,362$600 1,140 50,991 22,473 75,204
                    
Other Commitments                    
Commitments to extend credit$64,157 7,950 10,825 63,311 146,243$71,687 16,928 18,109 62,009 168,733
Standby letters of credit                    
and financial guarantees written 4,361 - - - 4,361 3,911 - - - 3,911
Total$68,518 7,950 10,825 63,311 150,604$75,598 16,928 18,109 62,009 172,644
 
The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks.  A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.  Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date.  Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk.  Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts.  Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management” beginning on page A-14A-12 and in Notes 1, 10 11 and 1615 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital Resources.  Shareholders’ equity was $83.7$98.7 million, or 9.5% of total assets, as of December 31, 2013,2014, compared to $97.7$83.7 million, or 8.1% of total assets, as of December 31, 2012.  This decrease reflects the Company’s repurchase2013.  The increase in shareholders' equity is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings and redemption of its Series A preferred stock combined with a reductionan increase in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from a decreasean increase in the unrealized gain on investment securities.  Management expects the repurchase of the Company’s preferred stock, which has a liquidation preference of $12,524,000, to be approximately $0.18 accretive to the Company’s diluted earnings per common share in 2014 based on current interest rates.

During 2012,The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013 to repurchase and redeem the Company purchased 12,530 shares of the Company’s 25,054remaining 12,524 outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock from the UST.  The shares were purchased for $933.36 per share, for a total purchase price of $11,778,576, including $83,575 accrued and unpaid dividends on theits Series A preferred stock.  The Company retired the 12,530 shares purchased.  The $834,999 difference between the $12,530,000 face value of the Series A preferred stock retiredrepurchase and the $11,695,001 purchase price of the Series A preferred stock retiredredemption was credited to retained earnings effective June 30, 2012.

During 2012, the Company completed its repurchase of the Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares ofon January 17, 2014 and was reflected on the Company’s common stock that was issuedConsolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to the UST.  The Company repurchased the Warrant for a total pricepreferred shareholders of $425,000.principal and accrued dividends on January 17, 2014.

Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine capital strength.   Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets was 9.79%9.35%, 9.79% and 10.08% for 2014, 2013 and 9.55% for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.   The return on average shareholders’ equity was 9.69% at December 31, 2014 as compared to 6.67% and 5.58% at December 31, 2013 as compared to 5.58% and 5.03% as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.  Total cash dividends paid on common stock amounted to $677,000, $1.0 million, $677,000 and $443,000$1.0 million during 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  The Company paiddid not pay any dividends totaling $656,000, $1.0 million and $1.3 million on preferred stock during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.2014.

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares.  The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.
A-21

In September 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased $82,000, or 4,537 shares, of its common stock under this program as of December 31, 2014.

Under regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater.  Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill.  Tier 1 capital at
A-23

December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 includes $20.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.83%15.33%, 16.04%14.83% and 16.10%16.04% at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company’s risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets.  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 16.14%16.62%, 16.14% and 17.34% and17.38% at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  In addition to the Tier 1 and total risk-based capital requirements, financial institutions are also required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater.  The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 10.08%10.74%, 10.08% and 11.12% and11.06% at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.43%14.78%, 15.54%14.43% and 13.76%15.54% at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  The total risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 15.73%16.06%, 16.84%15.73% and 15.04%16.84% at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.   The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 9.79%10.33%, 10.76%9.79% and 9.44%10.76% at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.

A bank is considered to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 % or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be “well capitalized” at December 31, 2013, 20122014, 2014 and 2011.2012.

On July 2, 2013,2014, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  Capital levels at the Company and the Bank currently exceed the new capital requirements, which will bebecame effective on January 1, 2015.

The Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 are presented in Table 16.17.

Table 16 - Equity Ratios 
Table 17 - Equity Ratios     
      
2013201220112014 2013 2012
Return on average assets0.65%0.56%0.48%0.91% 0.65% 0.56%
Return on average equity6.67%5.58%5.03%9.69% 6.67% 5.58%
Dividend payout ratio *11.17%20.96%11.78%10.76% 11.17% 20.96%
Average equity to average assets9.79%10.08%9.55%9.35% 9.79% 10.08%
      
* As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.      
A-22

 
Quarterly Financial Data.  The Company’s consolidated quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are presented in Table 17.18.

Table 17 - Quarterly Financial Data          
Table 18 - Quarterly Financial DataTable 18 - Quarterly Financial Data            
                              
2013 20122014 2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)FirstSecondThirdFourthFirstSecondThirdFourthFirst Second Third Fourth First Second Third Fourth
Total interest income$9,103 8,909 9,188 9,496 $10,362 9,835 9,655 9,393$9,545 9,576 9,583 9,716 $9,103 8,909 9,188 9,496
Total interest expense 1,463 1,372 1,285 1,233  2,218 1,987 1,842 1,649 1,111 1,085 1,076 1,015  1,463 1,372 1,285 1,233
Net interest income 7,640 7,537 7,903 8,263  8,144 7,848 7,813 7,744 8,434 8,491 8,507 8,701  7,640 7,537 7,903 8,263
                                  
Provision for loan losses 1,053 773 337 421  2,049 1,603 761 511 (349)67 256 (673) 1,053 773 337 421
Other income 3,427 3,309 3,111 2,805  3,380 3,593 2,886 2,678 2,841 3,110 3,207 3,006  3,427 3,309 3,111 2,805
Other expense 7,738 7,979 7,889 9,235  7,271 7,843 8,156 8,512 8,123 8,067 8,541 10,940  7,738 7,979 7,889 9,235
Income before income taxes 2,276 2,094 2,788 1,412  2,204 1,995 1,782 1,399 3,501 3,467 2,917 1,440  2,276 2,094 2,788 1,412
                                  
Income taxes 518 461 870 30  545 486 369 187 923 916 475 (377) 518 461 870 30
Net earnings 1,758 1,633 1,918 1,382  1,659 1,509 1,413 1,212 2,578 2,551 2,442 1,817  1,758 1,633 1,918 1,382
                                  
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock 157 156 156 187  348 348 157 157 - - - -  157 156 156 187
Net earnings available                                  
to common shareholders$1,601 1,477 1,762 1,195 $1,311 1,161 1,256 1,055$2,578 2,551 2,442 1,817 $1,601 1,477 1,762 1,195
                                  
                                  
Basic earnings per common share 0.29 0.26 0.31 0.22 $0.24 0.21 0.23 0.18 0.46 0.45 0.43 0.33 $0.29 0.26 0.31 0.22
Diluted earnings per common share$0.29 0.26 0.31 0.21 $0.24 0.21 0.23 0.18$0.46 0.45 0.43 0.32 $0.29 0.26 0.31 0.21
 
 
 
A-24A-23

 
 
QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income in future periods.

The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may adversely (positively) impact net market values and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”

Table 1819 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance sheet financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2013.2014. The expected maturity categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as management’s expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2013.2014.  For core deposits without contractual maturity (i.e. interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.
 
Table 18 - Market Risk Table         
Table 19 - Market Risk TableTable 19 - Market Risk Table         
                         
(Dollars in thousands)Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,
Loans Receivable2014 2015 2016 
2017 &
2018
 Thereafter Total Fair Value2015 2016 2017 
2018 &
2019
 Thereafter TotalFair Value
Fixed rate$48,336 43,370 31,685 77,813 95,200 296,404 301,077$56,228 44,450 37,221 78,116 96,082 312,097304,914
Average interest rate 4.65% 5.42% 5.34% 4.93% 5.33%     5.1%1 4.96% 4.84% 4.88% 5.62%   
Variable rate$96,463 39,557 27,156 53,135 108,742 325,053 325,053$70,230 37,628 36,583 74,705 120,648 339,794339,794
Average interest rate 4.69% 4.78% 4.61% 4.39% 4.35%     4.64% 4.49% 4.45% 4.20% 4.07%   
           621,457 626,130           651,891644,708
Investment Securities .                         
Interest bearing cash$26,871 - - - - 26,871 26,871$17,885 - - - - 17,88517,885
Average interest rate 0.26% - - - -     0.28% - - - -   
Securities available for sale$35,501 11,966 10,428 24,563 215,432 297,890 297,890$23,770 9,909 15,729 44,552 187,139 281,099281,099
Average interest rate 4.65% 4.85% 4.93% 4.55% 4.70%     4.35% 4.75% 4.11% 4.51% 4.52%   
Nonmarketable equity securities$- - - - 4,990 4,990 4,990$- - - - 4,031 4,0314,031
Average interest rate - - - - 2.37%     - - - - 3.50%   
                           
Debt Obligations                           
Deposits$127,062 48,673 22,497 19,001 582,128 799,361 798,460$130,291 37,655 17,138 11,353 618,263 814,700813,288
Average interest rate 0.41% 0.92% 1.04% 1.04% 0.11%     0.39% 0.74% 0.80% 0.93% 0.08%   
Advances from FHLB$5,000 - 5,000 50,000 5,000 65,000 65,891$- - - 50,000 - 50,00049,598
Average interest rate 2.23% - 3.73% 3.34% 4.26%     - - - 3.33% -   
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase$45,396         45,396 45,396$48,430 - - - - 48,43048,430
Average interest rate 0.10%             0.10% - - - -   
Junior subordinated debentures$- - - - 20,619 20,619 20,619$- - - - 20,619 20,61920,619
Average interest rate - - - - 1.82%     - - - - 1.82%   
 
 
A-25A-24

 
 
Table 1920 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate ramps.”  The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest rates.  This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate changes.��  Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented.
 
Table 19 - Interest Rate Risk   
Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk 
      
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)    
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months) Amount % Change  Amount% Change
+3% $33,917 1.51% 
+2% $34,124 2.12% 
+1% $33,655 0.72% 
0% $33,414 0.00% 
-1% $32,680 -2.20% 
-2% $31,648 -5.29% 
-3% $30,972 -7.31% 
+3% $                    36,6171.86%
+2% $                    36,6662.00%
+1% $                    36,0730.35%
0% $                    35,9470.00%
-1% $                    35,015-2.59%
-2% $                    33,952-5.55%
-3% $                    33,625-6.46%
        
        
        
  
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock) Amount % Change  Amount% Change
+3% $95,388 -14.13% 
+2% $109,439 -1.49% 
+1% $113,431 2.11% 
0% $111,089 0.00% 
-1% $99,619 -10.33% 
-2% $88,628 -20.22% 
-3% $79,381 -28.54% 
+3% $                  115,0850.33%
+2% $                  121,7036.10%
+1% $                  119,7394.39%
0% $                  114,7070.00%
-1% $                    99,895-12.91%
-2% $                    86,340-24.73%
-3% $                    93,108-18.83%
 
 
 
A-26A-25

 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012
   
   
INDEX
  PAGE(S)
   
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial StatementsA-28A-27
   
Financial Statements 
 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013A-29A-28
   
 Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012A-30A-29
   
 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 20112014,A-31
2013 and 2012A-30
   
 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012A-32A-31
   
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012A-33A-32 - A-34A-33
   
 Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsA-35A-34 - A-64
A-62 

A-26


 

 
A-27

 

Opinion for Peoples Bank 2013 Audit YE
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
December 31, 2014 and 2013
     
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets2014 2013 
     
     
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements$51,213  49,902 
of $12,569 and $11,472      
Interest-bearing deposits 17,885  26,871 
Cash and cash equivalents 69,098  76,773 
       
Investment securities available for sale 281,099  297,890 
Other investments 4,031  4,990 
Total securities 285,130  302,880 
       
Mortgage loans held for sale 1,375  497 
       
Loans 651,891  620,960 
Less allowance for loan losses (11,082) (13,501)
Net loans 640,809  607,459 
       
Premises and equipment, net 17,000  16,358 
Cash surrender value of life insurance 14,125  13,706 
Other real estate 2,016  1,679 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets 10,941  15,332 
Total assets$1,040,494  1,034,684 
       
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity      
       
Deposits:      
Non-interest bearing demand$210,758  195,265 
NOW, MMDA & savings 407,504  386,893 
Time, $250,000 or more 47,872  49,168 
Other time 148,566  168,035 
Total deposits 814,700  799,361 
       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 48,430  45,396 
FHLB borrowings 50,000  65,000 
Junior subordinated debentures 20,619  20,619 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 8,080  20,589 
Total liabilities 941,829  950,965 
       
Commitments      
       
Shareholders' equity:      
       
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized      
5,000,000 shares; no shares issued      
and outstanding -     -    
Common stock, no par value; authorized      
20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding      
5,612,588 shares in 2014 and  5,613,495 shares in 2013 48,088  48,133 
Retained earnings 45,124  36,758 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 5,453  (1,172)
Total shareholders' equity 98,665  83,719 
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$1,040,494  1,034,684 
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      

 
A-28

 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      
Consolidated Balance Sheets
      
December 31, 2013 and 2012
      
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets2013  2012 
      
      
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements$49,902  32,617 
of $11,472 at 12/31/13 and $9,625 at 12/31/12      
Interest-bearing deposits 26,871  16,226 
Cash and cash equivalents 76,773  48,843 
       
Investment securities available for sale 297,890  297,823 
Other investments 4,990  5,599 
Total securities 302,880  303,422 
       
Mortgage loans held for sale 497  6,922 
       
Loans 620,960  619,974 
Less allowance for loan losses (13,501) (14,423)
Net loans 607,459  605,551 
       
Premises and equipment, net 16,358  15,874 
Cash surrender value of life insurance 13,706  13,273 
Other real estate 1,679  6,254 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets 15,332  13,377 
Total assets$1,034,684  1,013,516 
       
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity      
       
Deposits:      
Non-interest bearing demand$195,265  161,582 
NOW, MMDA & savings 386,893  371,719 
Time, $100,000 or more 115,268  134,733 
Other time 101,935  113,491 
Total deposits 799,361  781,525 
       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 45,396  34,578 
FHLB borrowings 65,000  70,000 
Junior subordinated debentures 20,619  20,619 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 20,589  9,047 
Total liabilities 950,965  915,769 
       
Commitments      
       
Shareholders' equity:      
       
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized      
5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding      
12,524 shares in 2012 -    12,524 
Common stock, no par value; authorized      
20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding      
5,613,495 shares in 2013 and 2012 48,133  48,133 
Retained earnings 36,758  31,478 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (1,172) 5,612 
Total shareholders' equity 83,719  97,747 
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$1,034,684  1,013,516 
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Interest income:      
Interest and fees on loans$30,305 30,194 32,758 
Interest on due from banks 65 85 51 
Interest on investment securities:       
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises 2,995 1,639 2,746 
States and political subdivisions 4,677 4,427 3,403 
Other 378 351 287 
Total interest income 38,420 36,696 39,245 
        
Interest expense:       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 499 732 1,180 
Time deposits 1,188 1,650 3,205 
FHLB borrowings 2,166 2,518 2,744 
Junior subordinated debentures 389 398 438 
Other 45 55 129 
Total interest expense 4,287 5,353 7,696 
        
Net interest income 34,133 31,343 31,549 
        
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses (699)2,584 4,924 
        
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 34,832 28,759 26,625 
        
Non-interest income:       
Service charges 4,961 4,566 4,764 
Other service charges and fees 1,080 1,172 1,940 
Gain on sale of securities 266 614 1,218 
Mortgage banking income 804 1,228 1,229 
Insurance and brokerage commissions 701 661 517 
Loss on sales and write-downs of       
other real estate (622)(581)(1,136)
Miscellaneous 4,974 4,992 4,005 
Total non-interest income 12,164 12,652 12,537 
        
Non-interest expense:       
Salaries and employee benefits 17,530 16,851 16,426 
Occupancy 6,251 5,539 5,236 
Other 11,890 10,451 10,120 
Total non-interest expense 35,671 32,841 31,782 
        
Earnings before income taxes 11,325 8,570 7,380 
        
Income tax expense 1,937 1,879 1,587 
        
Net earnings 9,388 6,691 5,793 
        
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock -    656 1,010 
        
Net earnings available to common shareholders$9,388 6,035 4,783 
        
Basic net earnings per common share$1.67 1.08 0.86 
Diluted net earnings per common share$1.66 1.07 0.86 
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.18 0.12 0.18 
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
 
 
A-29

 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
       
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
       
 2013 2012 2011 
       
       
Interest income:      
Interest and fees on loans$30,194 32,758 36,374 
Interest on due from banks 85 51 33 
Interest on investment securities:       
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises 1,639 2,746 5,414 
States and political subdivisions 4,427 3,403 3,180 
Other 351 287 258 
Total interest income 36,696 39,245 45,259 
        
Interest expense:       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits 732 1,180 2,263 
Time deposits 1,650 3,205 5,035 
FHLB borrowings 2,518 2,744 2,956 
Junior subordinated debentures 398 438 407 
Other 55 129 285 
Total interest expense 5,353 7,696 10,946 
        
Net interest income 31,343 31,549 34,313 
        
Provision for loan losses 2,584 4,924 12,632 
        
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 28,759 26,625 21,681 
        
Non-interest income:       
Service charges 4,566 4,764 5,106 
Other service charges and fees 1,172 1,940 2,090 
Other than temporary impairment losses -   -   (144)
Gain on sale of securities 614 1,218 4,406 
Mortgage banking income 1,228 1,229 757 
Insurance and brokerage commissions 661 517 471 
Loss on sale and write-down of       
other real estate (581)(1,136)(1,322)
Miscellaneous 4,992 4,005 3,149 
Total non-interest income 12,652 12,537 14,513 
        
Non-interest expense:       
Salaries and employee benefits 16,851 16,426 14,766 
Occupancy 5,539 5,236 5,339 
Other 10,451 10,120 9,467 
Total non-interest expense 32,841 31,782 29,572 
        
Earnings before income taxes 8,570 7,380 6,622 
        
Income tax expense 1,879 1,587 1,463 
        
Net earnings 6,691 5,793 5,159 
        
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock 656 1,010 1,393 
        
Net earnings available to common shareholders$6,035 4,783 3,766 
        
Basic net earnings per common share$1.08 0.86 0.68 
Diluted net earnings per common share$1.07 0.86 0.68 
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.12 0.18 0.08 
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
        
Other comprehensive income (loss):       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities       
available for sale 11,117 (10,498)5,371 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (266)(614)(1,218)
        
Total other comprehensive income (loss),       
before income taxes 10,851 (11,112)4,153 
        
Income tax (benefit) expense related to other       
comprehensive (loss) income:       
        
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities       
available for sale 4,330 (4,089)2,091 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (104)(239)(474)
        
Total income tax expense (benefit) related to       
other comprehensive income (loss) 4,226 (4,328)1,617 
        
Total other comprehensive income (loss),       
net of tax 6,625 (6,784)2,536 
        
Total comprehensive income (loss)$16,013 (93)8,329 
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
 
 
 
A-30

 


PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2013 2012 2011 
       
       
Net earnings$6,691 5,793 5,159 
        
Other comprehensive (loss) income:       
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities       
available for sale (10,498)5,371 9,316 
Reclassification adjustment for other than temporary       
impairment losses included in net earnings -   -   144 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (614)(1,218)(4,406)
Unrealized holding losses on derivative       
financial instruments qualifying as cash flow       
hedges -   -   (648)
        
Total other comprehensive (loss) income,       
before income taxes (11,112)4,153 4,406 
        
Income tax (benefit) expense related to other       
comprehensive (loss) income:       
        
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities       
available for sale (4,089)2,091 3,629 
Reclassification adjustment for gains on       
securities available for sale       
included in net earnings (239)(474)(1,660)
Unrealized holding losses on derivative       
financial instruments qualifying as cash flow       
hedges -   -   (252)
        
Total income tax (benefit) expense related to       
other comprehensive (loss) income (4,328)1,617 1,717 
        
Total other comprehensive (loss) income,       
net of tax (6,784)2,536 2,689 
        
Total comprehensive (loss) income$(93)8,329 7,848 
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
               
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
               
(Dollars in thousands)
               
           Accumulated   
           Other   
 Stock Shares Stock Amount Retained Comprehensive   
 Preferred Common Preferred Common Earnings Income Total 
Balance, December 31, 201125,054 5,544,160 $24,758 48,298 26,895 3,076 103,027 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock- -  70 - (70)- - 
Preferred stock and               
warrant repurchase(12,530)-  (12,304)(704)886 - (12,122)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (1,023)- (1,023)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (1,003)- (1,003)
Stock options exercised- 69,335  - 539 - - 539 
Net earnings- -  - - 5,793 - 5,793 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 2,536 2,536 
Balance, December 31, 201212,524 5,613,495 $12,524 48,133 31,478 5,612 97,747 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock(12,524)-  (12,524)- - - (12,524)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (734)- (734)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (677)- (677)
Net earnings- -  - - 6,691 - 6,691 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - (6,784)(6,784)
Balance, December 31, 2013- 5,613,495 $- 48,133 36,758 (1,172)83,719 
                
Common stock               
repurchase- (4,537) - (82- - (82)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (1,022)- (1,022)
Stock options exercised- 3,630  - 37 - - 38 
Net earnings- -  - - 9,388 - 9,388 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 6,625 6,625 
Balance, December 31, 2014- 5,612,588 $- 48,088 45,124 5,453 98,665 
                
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.         
 
 
 
A-31

 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
               
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
               
(Dollars in thousands)
               
           Accumulated  
           Other  
    Stock Shares     Stock Amount     RetainedComprehensive  
 Preferred Common  Preferred Common Earnings IncomeTotal 
Balance, December 31, 201025,054 5,541,413 $24,617 48,281 23,573 387 96,858 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock- -  141 - (141)- - 
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (1,253)- (1,253)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (443)- (443)
Restricted stock payout- 2,747  - 17 - - 17 
Net earnings- -  - - 5,159 - 5,159 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 2,689 2,689 
Balance, December 31, 201125,054 5,544,160 $24,758 48,298 26,895 3,076 103,027 
                
Accretion of Series A               
preferred stock- -  70 - (70)- - 
Preferred stock and               
warrant repurchase(12,530)-  (12,304)(704)886 - (12,122)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (1,023)- (1,023)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (1,003)- (1,003)
Stock options exercised- 69,335  - 539 - - 539 
Net earnings- -  - - 5,793 - 5,793 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - 2,536 2,536 
Balance, December 31, 201212,524 5,613,495 $12,524 48,133 31,478 5,612 97,747 
                
Preferred stock               
repurchase(12,524)-  (12,524)- - - (12,524)
Cash dividends declared on               
Series A preferred stock- -  - - (734)- (734)
Cash dividends declared on               
common stock- -  - - (677)- (677)
Net earnings- -  - - 6,691 - 6,691 
Change in accumulated other               
comprehensive income,               
net of tax- -  - - - (6,784)(6,784)
Balance, December 31, 2013- 5,613,495 $- 48,133 36,758 (1,172)83,719 
                
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.         
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to       
net cash provided by operating activities:       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 6,889 8,453 8,876 
Provision for loan losses (699)2,584 4,924 
Deferred income taxes 178 534 (213)
Gain on sale of investment securities (266)(614)(1,218)
(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate (5)(14)98 
Write-down of other real estate 627 595 1,038 
Restricted stock expense 389 173 42 
Change in:       
Mortgage loans held for sale (878)6,425 (1,776)
Cash surrender value of life insurance (419)(432)(438)
Other assets (778)1,508 (441)
Other liabilities 15 (982)2,342 
        
Net cash provided by operating activities 14,441 24,921 19,027 
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
Purchases of investment securities available for sale (32,851)(98,129)(88,304)
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of investment securities       
available for sale 36,148 63,597 63,225 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale 20,202 17,463 47,076 
Purchases of other investments -   -   (493)
FHLB stock redemption 959 609 606 
Net change in loans (36,692)(6,137)38,170 
Purchases of premises and equipment (3,120)(2,434)(917)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions 3,456 5,797 5,434 
        
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities (11,898)(19,234)64,797 
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
Net change in deposits 15,339 17,836 (45,586)
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase 3,034 10,818 (5,022)
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings -   15,001 25,400 
Repayments of FHLB borrowings (15,000)(20,001)(25,400)
Proceeds from FRB borrowings 1 1 2 
Repayments of FRB borrowings (1)(1)(2)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)-   (12,122)
Stock options exercised 37 -   539 
Common stock repurchased (82)-   - 
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock -   (734)(1,023)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (1,022)(677)(1,003)
        
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities (10,218)22,243 (64,217)
        
Net change in cash and cash equivalents (7,675)27,930 19,607 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 76,773 48,843 29,236 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$69,098 76,773 48,843 
 
 
 
A-32

 

 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
       
(Dollars in thousands) 
       
 2013 2012 2011 
       
       
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net earnings$6,691 5,793 5,159 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to       
net cash provided by operating activities:       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 8,453 8,876 6,226 
Provision for loan losses 2,584 4,924 12,632 
Deferred income taxes 534 (213)(678)
Gain on sale of investment securities (614)(1,218)(4,406)
Write-down of investment securities -   -   144 
(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate (14)98 272 
Write-down of other real estate 595 1,038 1,050 
Restricted stock expense 173 42 7 
Change in:       
Mortgage loans held for sale 6,425 (1,776)(1,332)
Cash surrender value of life insurance (432)(438)(296)
Other assets 1,508 (441)2,644 
Other liabilities 11,542 2,342 930 
        
Net cash provided by operating activities 37,445 19,027 22,352 
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
Net change in certificates of deposit -   -   735 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale (98,129)(88,304)(208,863)
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of investment securities       
available for sale 63,597 63,225 54,041 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale 17,463 47,076 110,978 
Purchases of other investments - (493)(215)
FHLB stock redemption 609 606 290 
Net change in loans (6,137)38,170 38,561 
Purchases of premises and equipment (2,434)(917)(1,601)
Purchases of bank owned life insurance -   -   (5,000)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions 5,797 5,434 3,355 
        
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities (19,234)64,797 (7,719)
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
Net change in deposits 17,836 (45,586)(11,601)
Net change in demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury -   - (1,600)
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase 10,818 (5,022)5,506 
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings 15,001 25,400 40,000 
Repayments of FHLB borrowings (20,001)(25,400)(40,000)
Proceeds from FRB borrowings 1 2 1 
Repayments of FRB borrowings (1)(2)(1)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)(12,122)-   
Restricted stock payout -   -   17 
Stock options exercised -   539 -   
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock (734)(1,023)(1,253)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (677)(1,003)(443)
        
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities 9,719 (64,217)(9,374)
        
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 27,930 19,607 5,259 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 48,843 29,236 23,977 
        
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$76,773 48,843 29,236 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
       
 2014 2013 2012 
       
       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:      
Cash paid during the year for:      
Interest$4,388 5,452 7,822 
Income taxes$1,939 2,256 2,013 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$6,625 (6,784)2,536 
Change in unrealized gain on derivative financial       
 instruments, net$-   -   -   
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions$4,415 2,353 6,323 
Financed portion of sale of other real estate$374 708 1,076 
Accretion of Series A preferred stock$-   -   70 
Discount on preferred stock repurchased$-   -   835 
    Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock$-   12,632 -   
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.       
 
 
 
A-33

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
       
 2013 2012 2011 
       
       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:      
Cash paid during the year for:      
Interest$5,452 7,822 10,900 
Income taxes$2,256 2,013 283 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$(6,784)2,536 (3,087)
Change in unrealized gain on derivative financial       
 instruments, net$-   -   398 
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions$2,353 6,323 10,787 
Financed portion of sale of other real estate$708 1,076 5,208 
Accretion of Series A preferred stock$-   70 141 
Discount on preferred stock repurchased$-   835 -   
        
        
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.       
A-34

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)Summary of Significant Accounting PoliciesPoliciees
Organization

Organization
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999.  Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).

The Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina State Banking Commission (the “SBC”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the SBC and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake and WakeDurham counties in North Carolina.

Peoples Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party.

Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”) is a wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.

Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC is a wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp and began operations in 2009 as a “clearing house” for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property is located.
In March 2015, the Bank established a new wholly owned subsidiary, PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, which will acquire, manage and dispose of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC, along with the Bank’s wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and REAS (collectively called the “Company”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation
The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes.

Investment Securities
There are three classifications the Company is able to classify its investment securities: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.

A-34

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.
A-35


Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on an annual basis.  A decline in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established.  The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried at cost.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.

Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.   The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·  the Bank’s loan loss experience;
·  the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·  specific known risks;
·  the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·  underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·  current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·  other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
A-35

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses.   The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral or the present value of projected cash flows for non-collateral dependent loans.collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the loss experience for the last two, three, four or five year periods.years’ loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.
A-36


The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, thisthe unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with GAAP and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 20132014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.2013.   Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco de la Gente division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers.  These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Also, an independentManagement believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance for loan review process further assists with evaluating credit qualitylosses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance
A-36

may be necessary based on changes in economic and assessing potential performance issues.other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $2.1 million, $2.4 million $3.1 million and $4.0$3.1 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.

The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale.  The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative contracts.  The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:
 
Buildings and improvements 10 - 50 years
Furniture and equipment 3 - 10 years
 
Other Real Estate
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan.  Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value declines below carrying value.  Costs relating to the development and
A-37

improvement of the property are capitalized.  Revenues and expenses from operations are included in other expenses.  Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of other real estate.  The balance of other real estate was $1.7 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

A-37

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial statements.  The fair value of derivative contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change.

If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.

The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm
A-38

commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units were granted to eligible directors and employees.  The 1999 Plan expired on May 13, 2009 but still governs the rights and obligations of the parties for grants made thereunder.

Under the 1999 Plan, the Company granted incentive stock options to certain eligible employees in order that they may purchase Company stock at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.  The options granted in 1999 vested over a five-year period.  Options granted subsequent to 1999 vested over a three-year period.  All options expire ten years after issuance.   As of December 31, 2014, there were no outstanding options under the 1999 Plan.  A summary of the stock option activity infor the 1999 Planyear ended December 31, 2014 is presented below:

Stock Option Activity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
         
 Shares 
Weighted
Average Option
Price Per Share
 
Weighted Average Remaining
Contractual Term (in
years)
  
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(Dollars in
thousands)
Outstanding, December 31, 2010150,071 $8.32     
          
Granted during the period-   $-       
Expired during the period(71,054)$8.71     
Forfeited during the period-   $-       
Exercised during the period-   $-       
          
Outstanding, December 31, 201179,017 $7.97     
          
Granted during the period- $-       
Expired during the period- $-       
Forfeited during the period(6,052)$8.89     
Exercised during the period(69,335)$7.77     
          
Outstanding, December 31, 20123,630 $10.31     
          
Granted during the period-   $-       
Expired during the period-   $-       
Forfeited during the period-   $-       
Exercised during the period-   $-       
          
Outstanding, December 31, 20133,630 $10.31                             0.35        14.05
          
Exercisable, December 31, 20133,630 $10.31                             0.35      14.05
 
 
A-39A-38

 
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013 are exercisable at $10.31.  Such options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of less than one year.  No options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  No options were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011.  69,335 options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Stock Option Activity
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
         
 Shares 
Weighted
Average Option
Price Per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term (in
years)
  
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(Dollars in
thousands)
Outstanding, December 31, 20133,630 $10.31     
          
Granted during the period-   $-     
Expired during the period-   $-     
Forfeited during the period-   $-     
Exercised during the period(3,630)$10.31     
          
Outstanding, December 31, 2014-   $-                                           -    
          
Exercisable, December 31, 2014 -   $-                                               -    
In addition, under the 1999 Plan, the Company granted 3,000 restricted stock units in 2007 at a grant date fair value of $17.40 per share. The Company granted 1,750 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $12.80 per share during the third quarter of 2008 and 2,000 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $11.37 per share during the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company recognizesrecognized compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions arewere in place (three years from the grant date for the grants of restricted stock units to date under the 1999 Plan).  The amount of expense recorded in each period reflectsreflected the changes in the Company’s stock price during thesuch period.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to the 2007 and 2008 restricted stock unit grants granted under the 1999 Plan.

The Company also has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “2009 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees.  A total of 303,691282,635 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under the 2009 Plan.   All stock-based rights under the 2009 Plan must be granted or awarded withinby May 7, 2019 (or ten years from the May 7, 2009 Plan effective date of the 2009 Plan.date).

The Company granted 29,514 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $7.90 per share during the first quarter of 2012.2012, of which 5,355 restricted stock units were forfeited by the executive officers of the Company as required by the agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“UST”) in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  In July 2012, the Company granted 5,355 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $8.25 per share. The Company granted 26,795 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $11.90 per share during the second quarter of 2013.  The Company granted 21,056 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $15.70 per share during the first quarter of 2014.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions are in place (five years from the grant date for the 2012 grants, and four years from the grant date for the 2013 grants and three years from the grant date for the 2014 grants).  The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during thesuch period.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2009 Plan was $584,000.$770,000.

The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock awardsunits granted under the 2009 Plan of $389,000, $173,000 and $42,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock awards granted under the 1999 Plan of $7,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net Earnings Per Share
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.

The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 are as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2013:Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders (Dollars in thousands) 
Common
Shares
 Per Share Amount
Basic earnings per common share$6,035 5,613,495 $1.08
Effect of dilutive securities:       
Stock options -   9,725   
Diluted earnings per common share$6,035 5,623,220 $1.07
 
 
A-40A-39

 
 
Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders (Dollars in thousands) Common Shares Per Share Amount
For the year ended December 31, 2014:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$4,783 5,559,401 $0.86$9,388 5,615,666 $1.67
Effect of dilutive securities:              
Stock options -   3,206    -   26,326   
Diluted earnings per common share$4,783 5,562,607 $0.86$9,388 5,641,992 $1.66
              
Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders (Dollars in thousands) Common Shares Per Share Amount
For the year ended December 31, 2013:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$3,766 5,542,548 $0.68$6,035 5,613,495 $1.08
Effect of dilutive securities:              
Stock options -   1,301    -   9,725   
Diluted earnings per common share$3,766 5,543,849 $0.68$6,035 5,623,220 $1.07
       
For the year ended December 31, 2012:
Net Earnings
Available to
Common
Shareholders
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
Common
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Basic earnings per common share$4,783 5,559,401 $0.86
Effect of dilutive securities:       
Stock options -   3,206   
Diluted earnings per common share$4,783 5,562,607 $0.86
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In JanuaryNovember 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04, (Subtopic 310-40)2014-16, (Topic 815):  ReclassificationDetermining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosurea Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.  ASU No. 2014-042014-16 provides additional guidancemore direction for determining whether embedded features, such as a conversion option embedded in a share of preferred stock, need to clarify when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  accounted for separately from their host shares.  ASU No. 2014-042014-16 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014.2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In November 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).  ASU No. 2014-17 gives acquired entities the option to apply pushdown accounting in their separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of them.  ASU No. 2014-17 was effective upon issuance for current and future reporting periods and any open reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In January 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, (Subtopic 225-20):  Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.  ASU No. 2015-01 eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP.  ASU No. 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, (Topic 810):  Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.  ASU No. 2015-02 provides amendments to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the current accounting for consolidation of certain legal entities.  Stakeholders expressed concerns that GAAP might require a reporting entity to consolidate another legal entity in situations in which the reporting entity’s contractual rights do not give it the ability to act primarily on its own behalf, the reporting entity does not hold a majority of the legal entity’s
A-40

voting rights, or the reporting entity is not exposed to a majority of the legal entity’s economic benefits or obligations.  ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.  
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

Reclassification
Certain amounts in the 20112012 and 20122013 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 20132014 presentation.

(2)    Investment Securities

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Estimated Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities$123,706 1,040 769 123,977
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises 22,115 97 69 22,143
State and political subdivisions 148,468 1,987 5,087 145,368
Corporate bonds 3,522 11 70 3,463
Trust preferred securities 1,250 -   -   1,250
Equity securities 748 941 -   1,689
Total$299,809 4,076 5,995 297,890
A-41

(Dollars in thousands)              
December 31, 2012December 31, 2014
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Estimated Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities$146,755 1,875 606 148,024$88,496 1,766 52 90,210
U.S. Government                
sponsored enterprises 18,714 203 80 18,837 33,766 418 136 34,048
State and political subdivisions 118,591 7,171 104 125,658 145,938 6,534 226 152,246
Corporate bonds 2,571 19 4 2,586 2,469 16 18 2,467
Trust preferred securities 1,250 -   -   1,250 750 -   -   750
Equity securities 748 720 -   1,468 748 630 -   1,378
Total$288,629 9,988 794 297,823$272,167 9,364 432 281,099
        
(Dollars in thousands)        
December 31, 2013
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Mortgage-backed securities$123,706 1,040 769 123,977
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises 22,115 97 69 22,143
State and political subdivisions 148,468 1,987 5,087 145,368
Corporate bonds 3,522 11 70 3,463
Trust preferred securities 1,250 -   -   1,250
Equity securities 748 941 -   1,689
Total$299,809 4,076 5,995 297,890
 
The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
 
(Dollars in thousands)      
 December 31, 2013
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$40,857 691 10,128 78 50,985 769
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 9,714 69 -   -   9,714 69
State and political subdivisions 77,187 4,863 1,824 224 79,011 5,087
Corporate bonds 1,984 16 511 54 2,495 70
Total$129,742 5,639 12,463 356 142,205 5,995
             
(Dollars in thousands)            
 December 31, 2012
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$48,126 468 12,913 138 61,039 606
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 3,402 80 -   -   3,402 80
State and political subdivisions 9,490 104 -   -   9,490 104
Corporate bonds 1,035 4 -   -   1,035 4
Total$62,053 656 12,913 138 74,966 794
A-41

(Dollars in thousands)           
 December 31, 2014
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$436 1 2,963 51 3,399 52
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 2,996 4 9,850 132 12,846 136
State and political subdivisions 567 1 14,998 225 15,565 226
Corporate bonds -   -   525 18 525 18
Total$3,999 6 28,336 426 32,335 432
             
(Dollars in thousands)            
 December 31, 2013
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value 
Unrealized
Losses
Mortgage-backed securities$40,857 691 10,128 78 50,985 769
U.S. Government            
sponsored enterprises 9,714 69 -   -   9,714 69
State and political subdivisions 77,187 4,863 1,824 224 79,011 5,087
Corporate bonds 1,984 16 511 54 1,984 70
Total$129,742 5,639 12,463 356 141,694 5,995
 
At December 31, 2013,2014, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $5.9 million.$432,000.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.  From the December 31, 20132014 tables above, 8020 out of 179176 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses, 28eight out of 9580 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses, and threeone out of fivefour securities issued by corporations contained unrealized losses.  These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2014, 2013 or 2012.  As part of its evaluation in 2011, the Company determined that the fair value of one equity security was less than the original cost of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not temporary in nature.  As a result, the Company wrote down its investment by $144,000.  The remaining fair value of the investment at December 31, 2011 was approximately $264,000.
A-42

 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2013,2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

December 31, 2013   
December 31, 2014   
(Dollars in thousands)      
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Due within one year$4,019 4,048$4,308 4,323
Due from one to five years 31,725 32,103 40,564 42,548
Due from five to ten years 119,313 115,878 117,452 121,399
Due after ten years 20,298 20,195 20,599 21,241
Mortgage-backed securities 123,706 123,977 88,496 90,210
Equity securities 748 1,689 748 1,378
Total$299,809 297,890$272,167 281,099
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale during 2014 were $20.2 million and resulted in gross gains of $291,000 and gross losses of $25,000.  During 2013, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $17.5 million and resulted in gross gains of $738,000 and gross losses of $124,000.  During 2012, the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $47.1 million and resulted in gross gains of $1.3 million and gross losses of $103,000.  During 2011, the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $111.0 million and resulted in gross gains of $4.4 million and gross losses of $9,000.

A-42

Securities with a fair value of approximately $86.0$89.9 million and $73.9$86.0 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012.2013.

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2013
 Fair Value Measurements 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$123,977 - 123,977 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$22,143 - 22,143 -
State and political subdivisions$145,368 - 145,368 -
Corporate bonds$3,463 - 3,463 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,689 1,689 - -
(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2012
 Fair Value Measurements 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$148,024 - 148,024 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$18,837 - 18,837 -
State and political subdivisions$125,658 - 125,658 -
Corporate bonds$2,586 - 2,586 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,468 1,468 - -
A-43

(Dollars in thousands)       
 December 31, 2014
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$90,210 - 90,210 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$34,048 - 34,048 -
State and political subdivisions$152,246 - 152,246 -
Corporate bonds$2,467 - 2,467 -
Trust preferred securities$750 - - 750
Equity securities$1,378 1,378 - -
         
         
(Dollars in thousands)        
 December 31, 2013
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Mortgage-backed securities$123,977 - 123,977 -
U.S. Government        
sponsored enterprises$22,143 - 22,143 -
State and political subdivisions$145,368 - 145,368 -
Corporate bonds$3,463 - 3,463 -
Trust preferred securities$1,250 - - 1,250
Equity securities$1,689 1,689 - -
 
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

(Dollars in thousands)   
Investment Securities Available for Sale
Investment Securities
Available for Sale
Level 3 ValuationLevel 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period$1,250$1,250 
Change in book value - - 
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized - - 
Purchases/(sales) -
Purchases/(sales and calls) (500)
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 - - 
Balance, end of period$1,250$750 
     
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3$-$- 
A-43

 
 (3)    Loans

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)      
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Real estate loans   
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development$63,742 73,176$57,617 63,742
Single-family residential 195,975 195,003 206,417 195,975
Single-family residential -        
Banco de la Gente stated income 49,463 52,019 47,015 49,463
Commercial 209,287 200,633 228,558 209,287
Multifamily and farmland 11,801 8,951 12,400 11,801
Total real estate loans 530,268 529,782 552,007 530,268
        
Loans not secured by real estate    
Loans not secured by real estate:    
Commercial loans 68,047 64,295 76,262 68,047
Farm loans 19 11 7 19
Consumer loans 9,593 10,148 10,060 9,593
All other loans 13,033 15,738 13,555 13,033
        
Total loans 620,960 619,974 651,891 620,960
        
Less allowance for loan losses 13,501 14,423 11,082 13,501
        
Total net loans$607,459 605,551$640,809 607,459
 
The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake and WakeDurham counties of North Carolina.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan portfolio are discussed below:
A-44


·  Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on the initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing.  During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns.  If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 10%9% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

·  Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 40%39% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco de la Gente single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 8%7% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

·  Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.  These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity.  A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 34%35% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

·  Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business.   In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  As of December 31, 2013,2014, commercial loans comprised approximately 11%12% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

A-44

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012:2013:

December 31, 2013        
December 31, 2014December 31, 2014        
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)        (Dollars in thousands)        
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans           
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$3,416 5,426 8,842 54,900 63,742 -  $294 3,540 3,834 53,783 57,617 -  
Single-family residential 4,518 1,555 6,073 189,902 195,975 -   5,988 268 6,256 200,161 206,417 -  
Single-family residential -                        
Banco de la Gente stated income 9,833 1,952 11,785 37,678 49,463 881 8,998 610 9,608 37,407 47,015 -  
Commercial 1,643 486 2,129 207,158 209,287 -   3,205 366 3,571 224,987 228,558 -  
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 11,624 11,801 -   85 -   85 12,315 12,400 -  
Total real estate loans 19,587 9,419 29,006 501,262 530,268 881 18,570 4,784 23,354 528,653 552,007 -  
                        
Loans not secured by real estate            
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 424 29 453 67,594 68,047 -   241 49 290 75,972 76,262 -  
Farm loans -   -   -   19 19 -   -   -   -   7 7 -  
Consumer loans 181 3 184 9,409 9,593 1 184 -   184 9,876 10,060 -  
All other loans -   -   -   13,033 13,033 -   -   -   -   13,555 13,555 -  
Total loans$20,192 9,451 29,643 591,317 620,960 882$18,995 4,833 23,828 628,063 651,891 -  
            
            
December 31, 2013            
(Dollars in thousands)            
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
 Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
 Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans:            
Construction and land development$3,416 5,426 8,842 54,900 63,742 -  
Single-family residential 4,518 1,555 6,073 189,902 195,975 -  
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 9,833 1,952 11,785 37,678 49,463 881
Commercial 1,643 486 2,129 207,158 209,287 -  
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 11,624 11,801 -  
Total real estate loans 19,587 9,419 29,006 501,262 530,268 881
            
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 424 29 453 67,594 68,047 -  
Farm loans -   -   -   19 19 -  
Consumer loans 181 3 184 9,409 9,593 1
All other loans    - -   -   13,033 13,033 -  
Total loans$20,192 9,451 29,643 591,317 620,960 882
 
 
 
A-45

 
 
December 31, 2012        
(Dollars in thousands)        
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
Total
Loans
 
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
Real estate loans           
Construction and land development$1,280 6,858 8,138 65,038 73,176 -  
Single-family residential 4,316 1,548 5,864 189,139 195,003 -  
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 11,077 3,659 14,736 37,283 52,019 2,378
Commercial 1,720 1,170 2,890 197,743 200,633 -  
Multifamily and farmland 7 -   7 8,944 8,951 -  
Total real estate loans 18,400 13,235 31,635 498,147 529,782 2,378
             
Loans not secured by real estate            
Commercial loans 888 66 954 63,341 64,295 23
Farm loans -   -   -   11 11 -  
Consumer loans 250 10 260 9,888 10,148 2
All other loans -   -   -   15,738 15,738 -  
Total loans$19,538 13,311 32,849 587,125 619,974 2,403
The following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012:2013:

(Dollars in thousands)      
December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013
Real estate loans   
Real estate loans:   
Construction and land development$6,546 9,253$3,854 6,546
Single-family residential 2,980 2,491 2,370 2,980
Single-family residential -        
Banco de la Gente stated income 1,990 2,232 1,545 1,990
Commercial 2,043 3,263 2,598 2,043
Multifamily and farmland 110 -  
Total real estate loans 13,559 17,239 10,477 13,559
        
Loans not secured by real estate    
Loans not secured by real estate:    
Commercial loans 250 344 176 250
Consumer loans 27 47 75 27
Total$13,836 17,630$10,728 13,836
 
At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also perform appraisals for other companies.  FactorsVarious factors, including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are considered by management.management in determining the impairment of a loan.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is non-collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank’s troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment.  Accruing impaired loans were $27.6$25.6 million and $30.6$27.6 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,December 31, 2013, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012, respectively.2013.  No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.

The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

December 31, 2014          
(Dollars in thousands)          
            
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
 Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
 Loans
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$5,481 3,639 555 4,194 31 5,248
Single-family residential 6,717 933 5,540 6,473 154 7,430
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 21,243 -   20,649 20,649 1,191 19,964
Commercial 4,752 1,485 2,866 4,351 272 4,399
Multifamily and farmland 111 - 110 110 1 154
Total impaired real estate loans 38,304 6,057 29,720 35,777 1,649 37,195
             
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 218 -   201 201 4 641
Consumer loans 318 -   313 313 5 309
Total impaired loans$38,840 6,057 30,234 36,291 1,658 38,145
 
 
 
A-46

 
 
The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

December 31, 2013December 31, 2013          
(Dollars in thousands)           (Dollars in thousands)          
           
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
 Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
 Outstanding
 Impaired
Loans
Unpaid
Contractual Principal
Balance
 
Recorded Investment
With No Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 Related Allowance 
Average Outstanding Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans           
Real estate loans:           
Construction and land development$9,861 6,293 868 7,161 53 8,289$9,861 6,293 868 7,161 53 8,289
Single-family residential 7,853 1,428 5,633 7,061 123 7,859 7,853 1,428 5,633 7,061 123 7,859
Single-family residential -                        
Banco de la Gente stated income 22,034 -   21,242 21,242 1,300 21,242 22,034 -   21,242 21,242 1,300 21,242
Commercial 5,079 3,045 1,489 4,534 182 4,171 5,079 3,045 1,489 4,534 182 4,171
Multifamily and farmland 177 -   177 177 1 184 177 -   177 177 1 184
Total impaired real estate loans 45,004 10,766 29,409 40,175 1,659 41,745 45,004 10,766 29,409 40,175 1,659 41,745
                        
Loans not secured by real estate            
Loans not secured by real estate:            
Commercial loans 999 257 724 981 15 826 999 257 724 981 15 826
Consumer loans 302 264 35 299 1 247 302 264 35 299 1 247
Total impaired loans$46,305 11,287 30,168 41,455 1,675 42,818$46,305 11,287 30,168 41,455 1,675 42,818
            
            
December 31, 2012            
(Dollars in thousands)            
Unpaid
Contractual Principal
Balance
 
Recorded Investment
With No Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
With
Allowance
 
Recorded Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 Related Allowance 
Average Outstanding Impaired
Loans
Real estate loans            
Construction and land development$17,738 11,795 680 12,475 61 12,810
Single-family residential 9,099 766 7,799 8,565 177 7,590
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income 21,806 -   21,000 21,000 1,278 21,158
Commercial 5,830 4,569 467 5,036 6 5,433
Multifamily and farmland 193 -   193 193 1 200
Total impaired real estate loans 54,666 17,130 30,139 47,269 1,523 47,191
            
Loans not secured by real estate            
Commercial loans 983 347 592 939 12 1,125
Consumer loans 68 -   66 66 1 41
Total impaired loans$55,717 17,477 30,797 48,274 1,536 48,357
 
The fair value measurements for impaired loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are presented below.  The fair value measurement process uses certified appraisals and other market-based information; however, in many cases, it also requires significant input based on management’s knowledge of and judgment about current market conditions, specific issues relating to the collateral, and other matters.  As a result, all fair value measurements for impaired loans and other real estate are considered Level 3.

(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)         (Dollars in thousands)         
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2013 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2014
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Impaired loans$39,780 - - 39,780 (3,207)$34,633 - - 34,633 (1,444)
Other real estate$1,679 - - 1,679 (581)$2,016 - - 2,016 (622)
           
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)         
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2013
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Impaired loans$39,780 - - 39,780 (3,207)
Other real estate$1,679 - - 1,679 (581)
 
 
A-47

 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)         
 Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2012 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
Impaired loans$46,738 - - 46,738 (6,875)
Other real estate$6,254 - - 6,254 (1,136)
(Dollars in thousands)                  
 Real Estate Loans           
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
Charge-offs (884)(309)(190)(290)- (430)- (534)- (2,637)
Recoveries 428 72 16 171 - 54 - 176 - 917 
Provision 23 (320)(79)(198)(30)405 - 346 (846)(699)
Ending balance$2,785 2,566 1,610 1,902 7 1,098 - 233 881 11,082 
                      
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$- 82 1,155 260 - - - - - 1,497 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment 2,785 2,484 455 1,642 7 1,098 - 233 881 9,585 
Ending balance$2,785 2,566 1,610 1,902 7 1,098 - 233 881 11,082 
                      
Loans:                     
Ending balance$57,617 206,417 47,015 228,558 12,400 76,262 7 23,615 - 651,891 
                      
Ending balance: individually                     
evaluated for impairment$3,639 2,298 18,884 3,345 - - - - - 28,166 
Ending balance: collectively                     
evaluated for impairment$53,978 204,119 28,131 225,213 12,400 76,262 7 23,615 - 623,725 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)             
 Real Estate Loans           
 Construction and Land Development 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Stated Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer and All Other Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                    
Beginning balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
Charge-offs (777)(1,724)(272)(445)- (502)- (652)- (4,372)
Recoveries 377 111 141 50 - 44 - 143 - 866 
Provision (781)1,505 (4)565 9 439 - 509 342 2,584 
Ending balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                      
                      
Ending balance: individually                    
evaluated for impairment$- 39 1,268 171 - - - - - 1,478 
Ending balance: collectively                    
evaluated for impairment 3,218 3,084 595 2,048 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 12,023 
Ending balance$3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                      
Loans:                     
Ending balance$63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 22,626 - 620,960 
                      
Ending balance: individually                    
evaluated for impairment$6,293 3,127 19,958 3,767 - 256 - 265 - 33,666 
Ending balance: collectively                    
evaluated for impairment$57,449 192,848 29,505 205,520 11,801 67,791 19 22,361 - 587,294 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)              (Dollars in thousands)                   
Real Estate Loans           Real Estate Loans           
Construction and Land Development 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Stated Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer and All Other Unallocated Total 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential - Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Beginning balance$7,182 3,253 2,104 1,731 13 1,029 - 255 1,037 16,604 $4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
Charge-offs (4,728)(886)(668)(937)- (555)- (557)- (8,331) (777)(1,724)(272)(445)- (502)- (652)- (4,372)
Recoveries 528 72 - 374 - 104 - 148 - 1,226  377 111 141 50 - 44 - 143 - 866 
Provision 1,417 792 562 881 15 510 - 399 348 4,924  (781)1,505 (4)565 9 439 - 509 342 2,584 
Ending balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 $3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                     
                                          
Ending balance: individually                                          
evaluated for impairment$24 84 1,254 - - - - - - 1,362 $- 39 1,268 171 - - - - - 1,478 
Ending balance: collectively                                          
evaluated for impairment 4,375 3,147 744 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 13,061  3,218 3,084 595 2,048 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 12,023 
Ending balance$4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 $3,218 3,123 1,863 2,219 37 1,069 - 245 1,727 13,501 
                                          
Loans:                                          
Ending balance$73,176 195,003 52,019 200,633 8,951 64,295 11 25,886 - 619,974 $63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 22,626 - 620,960 
                                          
Ending balance: individually                                          
evaluated for impairment$11,961 3,885 20,024 4,569 - 346 - - - 40,785 $6,293 3,127 19,958 3,767 - 256 - 265 - 33,666 
Ending balance: collectively                                          
evaluated for impairment$61,215 191,118 31,995 196,064 8,951 63,949 11 25,886 - 579,189 $57,449 192,848 29,505 205,520 11,801 67,791 19 22,361 - 587,294 
 
 
A-48

 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 20112012 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)           (Dollars in thousands)                  
Real Estate Loans         Real Estate Loans            
Construction and Land Development 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily and
Farmland
 Commercial 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm 
Consumer
and All
Other
 Unallocated Total 
Allowance for loan losses:                                      
Beginning balance$5,774 3,992 2,105 1,409 17 1,174 430 592 15,493 $7,182 3,253 2,104 1,731 13 1,029 - 255 1,037 16,604 
Charge-offs (7,164)(2,233)(692)(1,271)- (314)(586)- (12,260) (4,728)(886)(668)(937)- (555)- (557)- (8,331)
Recoveries 241 184 17 24 - 121 152 - 739  528 72 - 374 - 104 - 148 - 1,226 
Provision 8,331 1,310 674 1,569 (4)48 259 445 12,632  1,417 792 562 881 15 510 - 399 348 4,924 
Ending balance$7,182 3,253 2,104 1,731 13 1,029 255 1,037 16,604 $4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
                                        
Allowance for loan losses:                     
Ending balance: individuallyEnding balance: individually                                       
evaluated for impairment$1,250 46 1,243 - - - - - 2,539 $24 84 1,254 - - - - - - 1,362 
Ending balance: collectivelyEnding balance: collectively                                       
evaluated for impairment evaluated for impairment5,932 3,207 861 1,731 13 1,029 255 1,037 14,065  4,375 3,147 744 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 13,061 
Ending balance$7,182 3,253 2,104 1,731 13 1,029 255 1,037 16,604 $4,399 3,231 1,998 2,049 28 1,088 - 245 1,385 14,423 
                                        
Loans:                                        
Ending balance$93,812 212,993 54,058 214,415 4,793 60,646 29,780 - 670,497 $73,176 195,003 52,019 200,633 8,951 64,295 11 25,886 - 619,974 
                                        
Ending balance: individuallyEnding balance: individually                                       
evaluated for impairment$20,280 2,352 18,309 3,845 - - - - 44,786 $11,961 3,885 20,024 4,569 - 346 - - - 40,785 
Ending balance: collectivelyEnding balance: collectively                                       
evaluated for impairment$73,532 210,641 35,749 210,570 4,793 60,646 29,780 - 625,711 $61,215 191,118 31,995 196,064 8,951 63,949 11 25,886 - 579,189 
 
The Company utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans.  Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8.  These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  The Low Substandard risk grade was removed from the Company’s internal risk grading matrix during the first quarter of 2013.  No loans were classified Low Substandard at December 31, 2012.  A description of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as follows:

·  Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit risk exists.  CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would fall in this grade.
·  Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Company’s range of acceptability.  The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance though somewhat susceptible to economic changes.
·  Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Company’s range of acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change).
·  Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and servicing needs but still are acceptable. Evidence of marginal performance or deteriorating trends is observed.  These are not problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower is unable to change its present course.
·  Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date.
·  Risk Grade 6 – Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged (if there is any).  There is a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
·  Risk Grade 7 – Doubtful: Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified Substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the amount is charged off.
·  Risk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be realized in the future.  Loss is a temporary grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off.
 
 
A-49

 
 
The following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012.2013.

December 31, 2014December 31, 2014                  
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)                  
Real Estate Loans          
Construction
and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
                   
1- Excellent Quality$- 15,099 - - - 924 - 1,232 - 17,255
2- High Quality 6,741 74,367 - 39,888 241 18,730 - 3,576 1,860 145,403
3- Good Quality 24,641 74,453 21,022 142,141 8,376 44,649 7 4,549 8,055 327,893
4- Management Attention 13,013 30,954 12,721 36,433 1,001 11,312 - 566 3,640 109,640
5- Watch 9,294 5,749 5,799 6,153 2,672 383 - 46 - 30,096
6- Substandard 3,928 5,795 7,473 3,943 110 264 - 87 - 21,600
7- Doubtful - - - - - - - - - -
8- Loss - - - - - - - 4 - 4
Total$57,617 206,417 47,015 228,558 12,400 76,262 7 10,060 13,555 651,891
                    
December 31, 2013December 31, 2013                December 31, 2013                   
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)              (Dollars in thousands)                   
Real Estate Loans          Real Estate Loans          
Construction and Land Development 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Stated Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
Construction
 and Land Development
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
Single-
Family
Residential -
Banco de la
Gente
Stated
Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
                                       
1- Excellent Quality$7 15,036 - - - 365 - 1,270 - 16,678$7 15,036 - - - 365 - 1,270 - 16,678
2- High Quality 7,852 60,882 - 33,340 715 8,442 - 3,519 2,139 116,889 7,852 60,882 - 33,340 715 8,442 - 3,519 2,139 116,889
3- Good Quality 22,899 73,118 22,255 123,604 7,882 44,353 19 4,061 8,565 306,756 22,899 73,118 22,255 123,604 7,882 44,353 19 4,061 8,565 306,756
4- Management Attention 14,464 34,090 8,369 42,914 286 13,704 - 358 2,329 116,514 14,464 34,090 8,369 42,914 286 13,704 - 358 2,329 116,514
5- Watch 8,163 6,806 8,113 5,190 2,741 320 - 50 - 31,383 8,163 6,806 8,113 5,190 2,741 320 - 50 - 31,383
6- Substandard 10,357 6,043 10,726 4,239 177 863 - 330 - 32,735 10,357 6,043 10,726 4,239 177 863 - 330 - 32,735
7- Doubtful - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8- Loss - - - - - - - 5 - 5 - - - - - - - 5 - 5
Total$63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 9,593 13,033 620,960$63,742 195,975 49,463 209,287 11,801 68,047 19 9,593 13,033 620,960
                    
                    
                    
December 31, 2012               
(Dollars in thousands)             
Real Estate Loans          
Construction and Land Development 
Single-
Family Residential
 
Single-
Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Stated Income
 Commercial 
Multifamily and
Farmland
 Commercial Farm Consumer All Other Total
                    
1- Excellent Quality$11 24,662 - - - 672 - 1,239 - 26,584
2- High Quality 4,947 56,829 - 27,511 32 9,260 - 4,122 2,317 105,018
3- Good Quality 24,952 62,018 24,724 114,001 4,975 40,814 11 4,186 13,416 289,097
4- Management Attention 18,891 35,727 11,366 47,603 3,039 11,844 - 392 5 128,867
5- Watch 9,580 9,504 3,597 6,911 712 976 - 134 - 31,414
6- Substandard 14,795 6,263 12,332 4,607 193 729 - 70 - 38,989
7- Low Substandard - - - - - - - - - -
8- Doubtful - - - - - - - - - -
9- Loss - - - - - - - 5 - 5
Total$73,176 195,003 52,019 200,633 8,951 64,295 11 10,148 15,738 619,974
 
Total TDR loans amounted to $21.9$15.0 million and $23.9$21.9 million at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were $335,000$1.4 million and $2.0 million$355,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following tables present an analysis of loan modifications during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2012, respectively.2013:

Year ended December 31, 2014     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development1 $291 266
Single-family residential2  849 845
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income3  281 278
Total real estate TDR loans6  1,421 1,389
       
Total TDR loans6 $1,421 1,389
 
 
A-50

 
 
The following table presents an analysis of TDR loans by loan type as of December 31, 2013.
December 31, 2013     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 Number of Contracts 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans     
Construction and land development15 $10,222 6,528
Single-family residential20  1,281 1,754
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income91  10,038 8,605
Commercial10  3,775 4,272
Multifamily and farmland1  322 177
Total real estate TDR loans137  25,638 21,336
       
Loans not secured by real estate      
Commercial loans7  519 344
Consumer loans3  284 266
Total TDR loans147 $26,441 21,946
The following table presents an analysis of 2013 loan modifications included in the December 31, 2013 TDR table above.

Year ended December 31, 2013     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 Number of Contracts 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans     
Construction and land development2 $841 824
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income7  796 788
Total real estate TDR loans9  1,637 1,612
       
Total TDR loans9 $1,637 1,612
The following table presents an analysis of TDR loans by loan type as of December 31, 2012.
December 31, 2012     
(Dollars in thousands)     
 Number of Contracts 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans     
Construction and land development11 $10,465 6,633
Single-family residential33  3,014 4,084
Single-family residential -      
Banco de la Gente stated income122  13,459 12,170
Commercial4  1,457 682
Multifamily and farmland-    -   -  
Total real estate TDR loans170  28,395 23,569
       
Loans not secured by real estate      
Commercial loans9  511 368
Consumer loans1  2 -  
Total TDR loans180 $28,908 23,937
A-51

The following table presents an analysis of 2012 loan modifications included in the December 31, 2012 TDR table above.
Year ended December 31, 2012     
Year ended December 31, 2013     
(Dollars in thousands)          
Number of Contracts 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Real estate loans     
Single-family residential5 $674 673
Real estate loans:     
Construction and land development2 $841 824
Single-family residential -            
Banco de la Gente stated income20  2,046 1,9927  796 788
Total real estate TDR loans25  2,720 2,6659  1,637 1,612
            
Loans not secured by real estate      
Commercial loans1  14 13
Total TDR loans26 $2,734 2,6789 $1,637 1,612
 
(4)    Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)      
2013 20122014 2013
      
Land$3,667 3,657$3,681 3,667
Buildings and improvements 15,126 14,815 15,864 15,126
Furniture and equipment 16,239 17,660 18,442 16,239
        
Total premises and equipment 35,032 36,132 37,987 35,032
        
Less accumulated depreciation 18,674 20,258 20,987 18,674
        
Total net premises and equipment$16,358 15,874$17,000 16,358
 
The Company recognized approximately $2.5 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Depreciation expense was approximately $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  The Company recognized approximately $2.0 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.

(5)    Time Deposits

At December 31, 2013,2014, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)  
  
2014$127,036
2015 48,913$131,001
2016 22,318 37,065
2017 10,155 17,029
2018 and thereafter 8,781
2018 8,336
2019 and thereafter 3,007
    
Total$217,203$196,438
 
At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the Company had approximately $15.1$11.4 million and $21.4$15.1 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $15.1$11.0 million and $20.1$15.1 million as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.13% and 2012 was 0.14% and 0.29%, respectively.
A-52


(6)    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings

The Bank has borrowings from the FHLB with monthly or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2013.2014.  The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $132.9 million.  As additional collateral, the Bank has pledged securities to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2013, the market value of securities pledged to the FHLB totaled $17.3$126.0 million.

Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of the following:
 
(Dollars in thousands)   
     
Maturity DateCall DateRateRate TypeAmount
     
March 25, 2019N/A4.260%Convertible 5,000
      
November 12, 2014N/A2.230%Fixed Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2016N/A3.734%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.414%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.654%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 15,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.429%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.484%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A1.799%Floating to Fixed 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A3.439%Floating to Fixed 15,000
      
    $65,000
A-51

December 31, 2014    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Maturity DateCall DateRateRate TypeAmount
October 17, 2018N/A3.398%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.638%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 15,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.413%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.468%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A1.792%Floating to Fixed 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A3.432%Floating to Fixed 15,000
      
    $50,000
December 31, 2013    
(Dollars in thousands)    
     
Maturity DateCall DateRateRate TypeAmount
March 25, 2019N/A4.260%Convertible 5,000
      
November 12, 2014N/A2.230%Fixed Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2016N/A3.734%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.414%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.654%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 15,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.429%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
October 17, 2018N/A3.484%Adjustable Rate Hybrid 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A1.799%Floating to Fixed 5,000
      
May 8, 2018N/A3.439%Floating to Fixed 15,000
      
    $65,000
 
The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $4.1$3.2 million and $4.7$4.1 million of FHLB stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”).  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2013,2014, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $315.2$340.5 million.

(7)    Junior Subordinated Debentures

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly-ownedwholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly-ownedwholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred
A-52

securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.
A-53


These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

(8)    Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)            
2013 2012 2011 2014 2013 2012 
Current$1,345 1,800 2,141 $1,759 1,345 1,800 
Deferred 534 (213)(678) 178 534 (213)
Total$1,879 1,587 1,463 $1,937 1,879 1,587 
 
The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)            
2013 2012 2011 2014 2013 2012 
Pre-tax income at statutory rate (34%)$2,914 2,509 2,251 $3,851 2,914 2,509 
Differences:              
Tax exempt interest income (1,481)(1,168)(1,052) (1,630)(1,481)(1,168)
Nondeductible interest and other expense 141 52 62  119 141 52 
Cash surrender value of life insurance (147)(149)(101) (143)(147)(149)
State taxes, net of federal benefits 428 324 233  (283)428 324 
Nondeductible capital losses -   -   49 
Other, net 24 19 21  23 24 19 
Total$1,879 1,587 1,463 $1,937 1,879 1,587 
 
The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 20132014 and 2012.2014.

(Dollars in thousands)      
2013 20122014 2013
Deferred tax assets:      
Allowance for loan losses$5,205 5,560$4,134 5,205
Accrued retirement expense 1,489 1,409 1,529 1,489
Other real estate 218 628 206 218
Federal credit carryforward 342 79
State credit carryforward 734 -  
Other 413 362 176 334
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities 747 -   - 747
Total gross deferred tax assets 8,072 7,959 7,121 8,072
        
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Deferred loan fees 581 794 433 581
Premises and equipment 530 417 652 530
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities -   3,581 3,479 -  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities 1,111 4,792 4,564 1,111
Net deferred tax asset$6,961 3,167$2,557 6,961
A-53

 
(9)           Related Party Transactions

The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the  Bank that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2013:
A-54

2014:
 
(Dollars in thousands)    
    
Beginning balance$5,385 $4,340 
New loans 3,409  6,903 
Repayments (4,454) (6,483)
      
Ending balance$4,340 $4,760 
 
At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the Bank had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $17.6$15.1 million and $13.9$17.6 million, respectively.

(10)    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 20132014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)  
  
Year ending December 31,  
2014$549
2015 517 600
2016 519 603
2017 469 537
2018 436 501
2019 490
Thereafter 1,253 1,854
Total minimum obligation$3,743$4,585
 
Total rent expense was approximately $691,000, $672,000 $643,000 and $735,000$643,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

In most cases, the  Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

(Dollars in thousands)      
Contractual AmountContractual Amount
2013 20122014 2013
Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:      
      
Commitments to extend credit$146,243 133,919$168,733 146,243
        
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written$4,361 3,297$3,911 4,361
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any
A-54

condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $150.6$172.6 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
A-55


Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the  Company.

Bancorp and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive stock option, and change in control provisions.

The Company has $62.5$54.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from sixfive correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2013.2014.

(11)    Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Transactions

Accounting Policy for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.  The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and floors as part of its interest rate risk management strategy.  For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, the interest rate floors designated as a cash flow hedge involves the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up front premium.  The Company had an interest rate swap contract that expired in June 2011.  The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.
A-56

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.  The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

(12)    Employee and Director Benefit Programs

The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation in 2013, 3.50% of annual compensation in 2012 and 2.50%4.00% of annual compensation in 2011.2013 and 2014.  The Company’s contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $439,000, $430,000 $345,000 and $219,000$345,000 for the years 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.  Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management .  No investments in Company stock have been made by the 401(k) plan. ThePrior to January 1, 2015, the vesting schedule for the 401(k) plan beginsbegan at 20 percent after two years of employment and graduatesgraduated 20 percent each year until reaching 100 percent after six years of employment.  Effective January 1, 2015, contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately.

In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the postretirement benefit plan each year.  Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately $422,000, $395,000 $546,000 and $355,000$546,000 for the years 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. Postretirement medical benefits expense, including amortization of the transition obligation, as applicable, was approximately $24,000 and $23,000 for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.2012.   The Company did not incur any postretirement medical benefits expense in 2014 and 2013 due to an overexcess accrual reversal in 2013.balance.

The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:

(Dollars in thousands)        
2013 2012 2014 2013 
        
Benefit obligation at beginning of period$3,382 2,923 $3,581 3,382 
Service cost 336 430  348 336 
Interest cost 65 89  67 65 
Benefits paid (142)(60) (184)(142)
Reversal of excess accrual (60)-    - (60)
          
Benefit obligation at end of period$3,581 3,382 $3,812 3,581 
 
The amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are shown in the following two tables:

(Dollars in thousands)   
 2013 2012
    
Benefit obligation$3,581 3,382
Fair value of plan assets -   -  
 
 
A-57A-55

 
 
(Dollars in thousands)   
 2014 2013
    
Benefit obligation$3,812 3,581
Fair value of plan assets -   -  
 
(Dollars in thousands)        
2013 2012 2014 2013 
        
Funded status$(3,581)(3,382)$(3,812)(3,581)
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit -   -    -   -   
Unrecognized net actuarial loss -   -    -   -   
          
Net amount recognized$(3,581)(3,382)$(3,812)(3,581)
          
Unfunded accrued liability$(3,581)(3,382)$(3,812)(3,581)
Intangible assets -   -    -   -   
          
Net amount recognized$(3,581)(3,382)$(3,812)(3,581)
 
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s post retirementpostretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)        
2013 20122014 2013     2012
        
Service cost$336 430$348 336 430 
Interest cost 65 89 67 65 89
          
Net periodic cost$401 519$415 401 519
          
Weighted average discount rate assumption used to          
determine benefit obligation 5.46% 5.43% 5.47% 5.46% 5.43%
 
The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $142,000$184,000 and $60,000$142,000 during the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)  
  
Year ending December 31,  
2014$205
2015$234$232
2016$233$244
2017$262$262
2018$275$275
2019$310
Thereafter$8,648$8,345
 
(13)(12)    Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

A-56

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2013,2014, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
A-58


As of December 31, 2013,2014, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

On July 2, 2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  Capital levels at the Company and the Bank currently exceed the new capital requirements, which will beare effective on January 1, 2015.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
 
(Dollars in thousands)(Dollars in thousands)        (Dollars in thousands)          
Actual 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Actual 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
                      
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount RatioAmount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
           
As of December 31, 2014:           
           
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)           
Consolidated$122,732 16.62% 59,085 8.00% N/A N/A
Bank$118,356 16.06% 58,974 8.00% 73,717 10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$113,211 15.33% 29,542 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,934 14.78% 29,487 4.00% 44,230 6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)            
Consolidated$113,211 10.74% 42,181 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,934 10.33% 42,164 4.00% 52,706 5.00%
                       
As of December 31, 2013:                       
                       
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                       
Consolidated$114,185 16.14% 56,582 8.00% N/A N/A$114,185 16.14% 56,582 8.00% N/A N/A
Bank$110,935 15.73% 56,412 8.00% 70,515 10.00%$110,935 15.73% 56,412 8.00% 70,515 10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)                        
Consolidated$104,890 14.83% 28,291 4.00% N/A N/A$104,890 14.83% 28,291 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$101,733 14.43% 28,206 4.00% 42,309 6.00%$101,733 14.43% 28,206 4.00% 42,309 6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)                        
Consolidated$104,890 10.08% 41,622 4.00% N/A N/A$104,890 10.08% 41,622 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$101,733 9.79% 41,584 4.00% 51,981 5.00%$101,733 9.79% 41,584 4.00% 51,981 5.00%
            
As of December 31, 2012:            
            
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$121,246 17.34% 55,928 8.00% N/A N/A
Bank$117,453 16.84% 55,784 8.00% 69,730 10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)            
Consolidated$112,135 16.04% 27,964 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,379 15.54% 27,892 4.00% 41,838 6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)            
Consolidated$112,135 11.12% 40,342 4.00% N/A N/A
Bank$108,379 10.76% 40,302 4.00% 50,377 5.00%
 
(14)(13)    Shareholders’ Equity

Shareholders’ equity was $83.7 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $97.7 million as of December 31, 2012.  This decrease reflects the Company’s repurchase and redemption of its Series A preferred stock combined with a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from a decrease in the unrealized gain on investment securities.  The Company received regulatory approval in December 2013 to repurchase and redeem the remaining 12,524 outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock.  The repurchase and redemption was completed on January 17, 2014 and iswas reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013.   “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities” at December 31, 2013 includes $12.6 million for the payment to preferred shareholders of principal and accrued dividends on January 17, 2014.

During 2012, the Company purchased 12,530 shares of the Company’s 25,054 outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock from the UST.  The shares were purchased for $933.36 per share, for a total purchase price of $11,778,576, including $83,575 accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A preferred stock.  The Company retired the 12,530 shares purchased.  The $834,999 difference between the $12,530,000 face value of the Series A preferred stock retired and the $11,695,001 purchase price of the Series A preferred stock retired was credited to retained earnings effective June 30, 2012.
A-59

During 2012, the Company completed its repurchase of the Warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company’s common stock that was issued to the UST.  The Company repurchased the Warrant for a total price of $425,000.

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.
 
A-57

In September 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors.  The repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased and retired $82,000, or 4,537 shares, of its common stock under this program as of December 31, 2014.

(15)(14)    Other Operating Income and Expense

Other operatingMiscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:
(Dollars in thousands)     
 2014 2013 2012
Visa debit card income$3,170 2,990 2,092
Net appraisal management fee income$525 718 737
Insurance and brokerage commissions$701 661 517
Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 20112012 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:

(Dollars in thousands)     
 2013 2012 2011
Visa debit card income$2,990 2,092 1,783
Net appraisal management fee income$718 737 375
Insurance and brokerage commissions$661 517 471
Other operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:

(Dollars in thousands)          
2013 2012 20112014 2013 2012
Advertising$685 695 660$804 685 695
FDIC insurance$864 894 1,061$739 864 894
Visa debit card expense$823 729 658$905 823 729
Telephone$570 554 605$574 570 554
Foreclosure/OREO expense$356 677 904$317 356 677
Internet banking expense$568 593 509$644 568 593
FHLB advance prepayment penalty$530 -   -   $869 530 -  
Consulting$609 468 499
NC Tax Credit Amortization$870 160 -  
 
(16)(15)    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  These levels are:

·  Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
·  Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
·  Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

A-58

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.

A-60

Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values for investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.  Fair value measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Other Investments
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.  Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Loans
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash surrender value of life insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Other Real Estate
The fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  Other real estate is reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  Deposits are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

FHLB Borrowings
The fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.  FHLB borrowings are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.
 
 
A-61A-59

 
 
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)                  
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:                  
Cash and cash equivalents$76,773 76,773 - - 76,773$69,098 69,098 - - 69,098
Investment securities available for sale 297,890 1,689 294,951 1,250 297,890$281,099 1,378 278,971 750 281,099
Other investments 4,990 - - 4,990 4,990$4,031 - - 4,031 4,031
Mortgage loans held for sale 497 - - 497 497$1,375 - - 1,375 1,375
Loans, net 607,459 - - 612,132 612,132$640,809 - - 644,708 644,708
Cash surrender value of life insurance 13,706 - 13,706 - 13,706$14,125 - 14,125 - 14,125
                    
Liabilities:                    
Deposits$799,361 - 798,460 - 798,460$814,700 - - 813,288 813,288
Securities sold under agreements                    
to repurchase 45,396 - 45,396 - 45,396$48,430 - 48,430 - 48,430
FHLB borrowings 65,000 - 65,891 - 65,891$50,000 - 49,598 - 49,598
Junior subordinated debentures 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619$20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
                    
                    
(Dollars in thousands)                    
   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:                    
Cash and cash equivalents$48,843 48,843 - - 48,843$76,773 76,773 - - 76,773
Investment securities available for sale 297,823 1,468 295,105 1,250 297,823$297,890 1,689 294,951 1,250 297,890
Other investments 5,599 - - 5,599 5,599$4,990 - - 4,990 4,990
Mortgage loans held for sale 6,922 - - 6,922 6,922$497 - - 497 497
Loans, net 605,551 - - 599,996 599,996$607,459 - - 612,132 612,132
Cash surrender value of life insurance 13,273 - 13,273 - 13,273$13,706 - 13,706 - 13,706
                    
Liabilities:                    
Deposits$781,525 - 780,662 - 780,662$799,361 - - 798,460 798,460
Securities sold under agreements                    
to repurchase 34,578 - 34,578 - 34,578$45,396 - 45,396 - 45,396
FHLB borrowings 70,000 - 76,375 - 76,375$65,000 - 65,891 - 65,891
Junior subordinated debentures 20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619$20,619 - 20,619 - 20,619
A-60


(16)           Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements
Balance Sheets
    
December 31, 2014 and 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
    
Assets2014 2013
    
Cash$745 12,879
Interest-bearing time deposit 1,000 -  
Investment in subsidiaries 116,076 102,113
Investment securities available for sale 1,235 1,721
Other assets 245 273
     
Total assets$119,301 116,986
     
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity    
     
Junior subordinated debentures$20,619 20,619
Liabilities 17 12,648
Shareholders' equity 98,665 83,719
     
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$119,301 116,986
Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
       
Revenues:2014 2013 2012 
       
Interest and dividend income$2,718 13,576 113 
        
Total revenues 2,718 13,576 113 
        
Expenses:       
        
Interest 389 398 438 
Other operating expenses 527 159 476 
        
Total expenses 916 557 914 
        
Income/(Loss) before income tax benefit and equity in       
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 1,802 13,019 (801)
        
Income tax benefit 239 84 166 
        
Income/(Loss) before equity in undistributed       
earnings of subsidiaries 2,041 13,103 (635)
        
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries 7,347 (6,412)6,428 
        
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
A-61

 
Statements of Cash Flows
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2014 2013 2012 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
       
Net earnings$9,388 6,691 5,793 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net       
cash used by operating activities:       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (7,347)6,412 (6,428)
Impairment of investment securities -   -   -   
Change in:       
Other assets 28 (73)-   
Accrued income (5)-   11 
Accrued expense 1 27 41 
Other liabilities (108)108 -   
        
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities 1,957 13,165 (583)
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
        
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale 500 1 - 
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit (1,000)800 14,200 
        
Net cash provided by investing activities (500801 14,200 
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
        
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock -   (734)(1,023)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (1,022)(677)(1,003)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)-   (12,122)
Stock repurchase (82)-   -   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 37 -   539 
        
Net cash used by financing activities (13,591)(1,411)(13,609)
        
Net change in cash (12,134)12,555 8 
        
Cash at beginning of year 12,879 324 316 
        
Cash at end of year$745 12,879 324 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$8 77 (46)
    Accrued redemption of Series A Preferred Stock -    12,632 -    
 
 
 
A-62

(17)Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements

Balance Sheets
    
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
    
Assets2013 2012
    
Cash$12,879 324
Interest-bearing time deposit -   800
Investment in subsidiaries 102,113 115,386
Investment securities available for sale 1,721 1,596
Other assets 273 260
     
Total assets$116,986 118,366
     
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity    
     
Junior subordinated debentures$20,619 20,619
Liabilities 12,648 -  
Shareholders' equity 83,719 97,747
     
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$116,986 118,366
Statements of Earnings
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
       
Revenues:2013 2012 2011 
       
Interest and dividend income$13,576 113 226 
Impairment of securities -   -   (144)
        
Total revenues 13,576 113 82 
        
Expenses:       
        
Interest 398 438 407 
Other operating expenses 159 476 190 
        
Total expenses 557 914 597 
        
Income/(Loss) before income tax benefit and equity in       
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 13,019 (801)(515)
        
Income tax benefit 84 166 56 
        
Income/(Loss) before equity in undistributed       
earnings of subsidiaries 13,103 (635)(459)
        
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (6,412)6,428 5,618 
        
Net earnings$6,691 5,793 5,159 
A-63

Statements of Cash Flows 
       
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
       
 2013 2012 2011 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
       
Net earnings$6,691 5,793 5,159 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net       
cash used by operating activities:       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 6,412 (6,428)(5,618)
Impairment of investment securities -   -   144 
Change in:       
Other assets (73)-   112 
Accrued income -   11 (11)
Accrued expense 27 41 (216)
Other liabilities 12,632 -   -   
        
Net cash provided (used by) operating activities 25,689 (583)(430)
        
Cash flows from investing activities:       
        
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale 1 -   -   
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit 800 14,200 2,000 
        
Net cash provided by investing activities 801 14,200 2,000 
        
Cash flows from financing activities:       
        
Cash dividends paid on Series A preferred stock (734)(1,023)(1,253)
Cash dividends paid on common stock (677)(1,003)(443)
Preferred stock and warrant repurchase (12,524)(12,122)-   
Restricted stock payout -   -   17 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options -   539 -   
        
Net cash used by financing activities (13,935)(13,609)(1,679)
        
Net change in cash 12,555 8 (109)
        
Cash at beginning of year 324 316 425 
        
Cash at end of year$12,879 324 316 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities       
 available for sale, net$77 (46)(3)
A-64

 
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

DIRECTORS

Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

James S. Abernethy
Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)
Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company

Douglas S. Howard
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc.

John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)

Gary E. Matthews
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Managing Partner and Practitioner of Internal Medicine, Catawba Valley Internal Medicine, PABL Price Medical Consultants, PLLC

Larry E. Robinson
President and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)
Partner and Chief Operating Officer, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)

William Gregory (Greg) Terry
General Manager, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)

Benjamin I. Zachary
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company



OFFICERS

Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer

A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer

William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Assistant Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary

 
 
A-65A-63

 
 
 
PEBK Proxy Card - Page 1Proxy Card 2015 page 1
 
 
 
 

 
 
PEBK Proxy Card - Page 2Proxy Card 2015 page 2